rtemstoolkit/libierty: Update to gcc latest

- Use POSIX spawn support for MacOS

Closes #4969

19 files changed, 3713 insertions, 5801 deletions

diff --git a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/cp-demangle.c b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/cp-demangle.c
index 7b8d0b4..2ce984f 100644
--- a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/cp-demangle.c
+++ b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/cp-demangle.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Demangler for g++ V3 ABI.
-   Copyright (C) 2003-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@wasabisystems.com>.
 
    This file is part of the libiberty library, which is part of GCC.
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
 
 /* This code implements a demangler for the g++ V3 ABI.  The ABI is
    described on this web page:
-       http://www.codesourcery.com/cxx-abi/abi.html#mangling
+       https://itanium-cxx-abi.github.io/cxx-abi/abi.html#mangling
 
    This code was written while looking at the demangler written by
    Alex Samuel <samuel@codesourcery.com>.
@@ -192,9 +192,9 @@ static void d_init_info (const char *, int, size_t, struct d_info *);
 #else
 #ifdef __STDC__
 #ifdef __STDC_VERSION__
-#if __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
+#if __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L && !__STDC_NO_VLA__
 #define CP_DYNAMIC_ARRAYS
-#endif /* __STDC__VERSION >= 199901L */
+#endif /* __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L && !__STDC_NO_VLA__ */
 #endif /* defined (__STDC_VERSION__) */
 #endif /* defined (__STDC__) */
 #endif /* ! defined (__GNUC__) */
@@ -347,9 +347,9 @@ struct d_print_info
   /* Number of times d_print_comp was recursively called.  Should not
      be bigger than MAX_RECURSION_COUNT.  */
   int recursion;
-  /* Non-zero if we're printing a lambda argument.  A template
-     parameter reference actually means 'auto'.  */
-  int is_lambda_arg;
+  /* 1 more than the number of explicit template parms of a lambda.  Template
+     parm references >= are actually 'auto'.  */
+  int lambda_tpl_parms;
   /* The current index into any template argument packs we are using
      for printing, or -1 to print the whole pack.  */
   int pack_index;
@@ -425,13 +425,16 @@ is_ctor_dtor_or_conversion (struct demangle_component *);
 
 static struct demangle_component *d_encoding (struct d_info *, int);
 
-static struct demangle_component *d_name (struct d_info *);
+static struct demangle_component *d_name (struct d_info *, int substable);
 
 static struct demangle_component *d_nested_name (struct d_info *);
 
-static struct demangle_component *d_prefix (struct d_info *);
+static int d_maybe_module_name (struct d_info *, struct demangle_component **);
 
-static struct demangle_component *d_unqualified_name (struct d_info *);
+static struct demangle_component *d_prefix (struct d_info *, int);
+
+static struct demangle_component *d_unqualified_name (struct d_info *,
+	struct demangle_component *scope, struct demangle_component *module);
 
 static struct demangle_component *d_source_name (struct d_info *);
 
@@ -462,7 +465,7 @@ static struct demangle_component *
 d_bare_function_type (struct d_info *, int);
 
 static struct demangle_component *
-d_class_enum_type (struct d_info *);
+d_class_enum_type (struct d_info *, int);
 
 static struct demangle_component *d_array_type (struct d_info *);
 
@@ -488,6 +491,10 @@ static struct demangle_component *d_local_name (struct d_info *);
 
 static int d_discriminator (struct d_info *);
 
+static struct demangle_component *d_template_parm (struct d_info *, int *bad);
+
+static struct demangle_component *d_template_head (struct d_info *, int *bad);
+
 static struct demangle_component *d_lambda (struct d_info *);
 
 static struct demangle_component *d_unnamed_type (struct d_info *);
@@ -517,7 +524,7 @@ d_growable_string_callback_adapter (const char *, size_t, void *);
 
 static void
 d_print_init (struct d_print_info *, demangle_callbackref, void *,
-	      const struct demangle_component *);
+	      struct demangle_component *);
 
 static inline void d_print_error (struct d_print_info *);
 
@@ -568,22 +575,6 @@ static int d_demangle_callback (const char *, int,
                                 demangle_callbackref, void *);
 static char *d_demangle (const char *, int, size_t *);
 
-/* True iff TYPE is a demangling component representing a
-   function-type-qualifier.  */
-
-static int
-is_fnqual_component_type (enum demangle_component_type type)
-{
-  return (type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS
-	  || type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS
-	  || type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS
-	  || type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS
-	  || type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRANSACTION_SAFE
-	  || type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NOEXCEPT
-	  || type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_THROW_SPEC
-	  || type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS);
-}
-
 #define FNQUAL_COMPONENT_CASE				\
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS:		\
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS:		\
@@ -594,6 +585,23 @@ is_fnqual_component_type (enum demangle_component_type type)
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NOEXCEPT:			\
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_THROW_SPEC
 
+/* True iff TYPE is a demangling component representing a
+   function-type-qualifier.  */
+
+static int
+is_fnqual_component_type (enum demangle_component_type type)
+{
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    FNQUAL_COMPONENT_CASE:
+      return 1;
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
 #ifdef CP_DEMANGLE_DEBUG
 
 static void
@@ -624,6 +632,9 @@ d_dump (struct demangle_component *dc, int indent)
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PARAM:
       printf ("template parameter %ld\n", dc->u.s_number.number);
       return;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TPARM_OBJ:
+      printf ("template parameter object\n");
+      break;
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_PARAM:
       printf ("function parameter %ld\n", dc->u.s_number.number);
       return;
@@ -641,6 +652,13 @@ d_dump (struct demangle_component *dc, int indent)
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE:
       printf ("builtin type %s\n", dc->u.s_builtin.type->name);
       return;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_BUILTIN_TYPE:
+      {
+	char suffix[2] = { dc->u.s_extended_builtin.type->suffix, 0 };
+	printf ("builtin type %s%d%s\n", dc->u.s_extended_builtin.type->name,
+		dc->u.s_extended_builtin.type->arg, suffix);
+      }
+      return;
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR:
       printf ("operator %s\n", dc->u.s_operator.op->name);
       return;
@@ -764,11 +782,6 @@ d_dump (struct demangle_component *dc, int indent)
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PTRMEM_TYPE:
       printf ("pointer to member type\n");
       break;
-    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FIXED_TYPE:
-      printf ("fixed-point type, accum? %d, sat? %d\n",
-              dc->u.s_fixed.accum, dc->u.s_fixed.sat);
-      d_dump (dc->u.s_fixed.length, indent + 2);
-      break;
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARGLIST:
       printf ("argument list\n");
       break;
@@ -811,6 +824,9 @@ d_dump (struct demangle_component *dc, int indent)
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL_NEG:
       printf ("negative literal\n");
       break;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_EXPR:
+      printf ("vendor expression\n");
+      break;
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_JAVA_RESOURCE:
       printf ("java resource\n");
       break;
@@ -857,9 +873,10 @@ CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3
 int
 cplus_demangle_fill_name (struct demangle_component *p, const char *s, int len)
 {
-  if (p == NULL || s == NULL || len == 0)
+  if (p == NULL || s == NULL || len <= 0)
     return 0;
   p->d_printing = 0;
+  p->d_counting = 0;
   p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME;
   p->u.s_name.s = s;
   p->u.s_name.len = len;
@@ -876,6 +893,7 @@ cplus_demangle_fill_extended_operator (struct demangle_component *p, int args,
   if (p == NULL || args < 0 || name == NULL)
     return 0;
   p->d_printing = 0;
+  p->d_counting = 0;
   p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR;
   p->u.s_extended_operator.args = args;
   p->u.s_extended_operator.name = name;
@@ -896,6 +914,7 @@ cplus_demangle_fill_ctor (struct demangle_component *p,
       || (int) kind > gnu_v3_object_ctor_group)
     return 0;
   p->d_printing = 0;
+  p->d_counting = 0;
   p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR;
   p->u.s_ctor.kind = kind;
   p->u.s_ctor.name = name;
@@ -916,6 +935,7 @@ cplus_demangle_fill_dtor (struct demangle_component *p,
       || (int) kind > gnu_v3_object_dtor_group)
     return 0;
   p->d_printing = 0;
+  p->d_counting = 0;
   p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR;
   p->u.s_dtor.kind = kind;
   p->u.s_dtor.name = name;
@@ -933,6 +953,7 @@ d_make_empty (struct d_info *di)
     return NULL;
   p = &di->comps[di->next_comp];
   p->d_printing = 0;
+  p->d_counting = 0;
   ++di->next_comp;
   return p;
 }
@@ -967,9 +988,11 @@ d_make_comp (struct d_info *di, enum demangle_component_type type,
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG1:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL_NEG:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_EXPR:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPOUND_NAME:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VECTOR_TYPE:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CLONE:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_MODULE_ENTITY:
       if (left == NULL || right == NULL)
 	return NULL;
       break;
@@ -1006,6 +1029,14 @@ d_make_comp (struct d_info *di, enum demangle_component_type type,
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GLOBAL_DESTRUCTORS:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NULLARY:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG2:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TPARM_OBJ:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_STRUCTURED_BINDING:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_MODULE_INIT:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_HEAD:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_NON_TYPE_PARM:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_TEMPLATE_PARM:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PACK_PARM:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FRIEND:
       if (left == NULL)
 	return NULL;
       break;
@@ -1014,6 +1045,8 @@ d_make_comp (struct d_info *di, enum demangle_component_type type,
 	 empty.  */
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARRAY_TYPE:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_INITIALIZER_LIST:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_MODULE_NAME:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_MODULE_PARTITION:
       if (right == NULL)
 	return NULL;
       break;
@@ -1026,6 +1059,7 @@ d_make_comp (struct d_info *di, enum demangle_component_type type,
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARGLIST:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_TYPE_PARM:
     FNQUAL_COMPONENT_CASE:
       break;
 
@@ -1087,6 +1121,28 @@ d_make_builtin_type (struct d_info *di,
   return p;
 }
 
+/* Add a new extended builtin type component.  */
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_make_extended_builtin_type (struct d_info *di,
+			      const struct demangle_builtin_type_info *type,
+			      short arg, char suffix)
+{
+  struct demangle_component *p;
+
+  if (type == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  p = d_make_empty (di);
+  if (p != NULL)
+    {
+      p->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_BUILTIN_TYPE;
+      p->u.s_extended_builtin.type = type;
+      p->u.s_extended_builtin.arg = arg;
+      p->u.s_extended_builtin.suffix = suffix;
+    }
+  return p;
+}
+
 /* Add a new operator component.  */
 
 static struct demangle_component *
@@ -1258,6 +1314,8 @@ has_return_type (struct demangle_component *dc)
     {
     default:
       return 0;
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME:
+      return has_return_type (d_right (dc));
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE:
       return ! is_ctor_dtor_or_conversion (d_left (dc));
     FNQUAL_COMPONENT_CASE:
@@ -1300,25 +1358,22 @@ static struct demangle_component *
 d_encoding (struct d_info *di, int top_level)
 {
   char peek = d_peek_char (di);
+  struct demangle_component *dc;
 
   if (peek == 'G' || peek == 'T')
-    return d_special_name (di);
+    dc = d_special_name (di);
   else
     {
-      struct demangle_component *dc;
+      dc = d_name (di, 0);
 
-      dc = d_name (di);
-
-      if (dc != NULL && top_level && (di->options & DMGL_PARAMS) == 0)
+      if (!dc)
+	/* Failed already.  */;
+      else if (top_level && (di->options & DMGL_PARAMS) == 0)
 	{
 	  /* Strip off any initial CV-qualifiers, as they really apply
 	     to the `this' parameter, and they were not output by the
 	     v2 demangler without DMGL_PARAMS.  */
-	  while (dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RESTRICT_THIS
-		 || dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VOLATILE_THIS
-		 || dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONST_THIS
-		 || dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE_THIS
-		 || dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE_THIS)
+	  while (is_fnqual_component_type (dc->type))
 	    dc = d_left (dc);
 
 	  /* If the top level is a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME, then
@@ -1327,23 +1382,42 @@ d_encoding (struct d_info *di, int top_level)
 	     which is local to a function.  */
 	  if (dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME)
 	    {
-	      struct demangle_component *dcr;
+	      while (d_right (dc) != NULL
+		     && is_fnqual_component_type (d_right (dc)->type))
+		d_right (dc) = d_left (d_right (dc));
 
-	      dcr = d_right (dc);
-	      while (is_fnqual_component_type (dcr->type))
-		dcr = d_left (dcr);
-	      dc->u.s_binary.right = dcr;
+	      if (d_right (dc) == NULL)
+		dc = NULL;
 	    }
-
-	  return dc;
 	}
+      else
+	{
+	  peek = d_peek_char (di);
+	  if (peek != '\0' && peek != 'E')
+	    {
+	      struct demangle_component *ftype;
 
-      peek = d_peek_char (di);
-      if (dc == NULL || peek == '\0' || peek == 'E')
-	return dc;
-      return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPED_NAME, dc,
-			  d_bare_function_type (di, has_return_type (dc)));
+	      ftype = d_bare_function_type (di, has_return_type (dc));
+	      if (ftype)
+		{
+		  /* If this is a non-top-level local-name, clear the
+		     return type, so it doesn't confuse the user by
+		     being confused with the return type of whaever
+		     this is nested within.  */
+		  if (!top_level && dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME
+		      && ftype->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_TYPE)
+		    d_left (ftype) = NULL;
+
+		  dc = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPED_NAME,
+				    dc, ftype);
+		}
+	      else
+		dc = NULL;
+	    }
+	}
     }
+
+  return dc;
 }
 
 /* <tagged-name> ::= <name> B <source-name> */
@@ -1384,80 +1458,74 @@ d_abi_tags (struct d_info *di, struct demangle_component *dc)
 */
 
 static struct demangle_component *
-d_name (struct d_info *di)
+d_name (struct d_info *di, int substable)
 {
   char peek = d_peek_char (di);
-  struct demangle_component *dc;
+  struct demangle_component *dc = NULL;
+  struct demangle_component *module = NULL;
+  int subst = 0;
 
   switch (peek)
     {
     case 'N':
-      return d_nested_name (di);
+      dc = d_nested_name (di);
+      break;
 
     case 'Z':
-      return d_local_name (di);
+      dc = d_local_name (di);
+      break;
 
     case 'U':
-      return d_unqualified_name (di);
+      dc = d_unqualified_name (di, NULL, NULL);
+      break;
 
     case 'S':
       {
-	int subst;
-
-	if (d_peek_next_char (di) != 't')
-	  {
-	    dc = d_substitution (di, 0);
-	    subst = 1;
-	  }
-	else
+	if (d_peek_next_char (di) == 't')
 	  {
 	    d_advance (di, 2);
-	    dc = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME,
-			      d_make_name (di, "std", 3),
-			      d_unqualified_name (di));
+	    dc = d_make_name (di, "std", 3);
 	    di->expansion += 3;
-	    subst = 0;
 	  }
 
-	if (d_peek_char (di) != 'I')
+	if (d_peek_char (di) == 'S')
 	  {
-	    /* The grammar does not permit this case to occur if we
-	       called d_substitution() above (i.e., subst == 1).  We
-	       don't bother to check.  */
-	  }
-	else
-	  {
-	    /* This is <template-args>, which means that we just saw
-	       <unscoped-template-name>, which is a substitution
-	       candidate if we didn't just get it from a
-	       substitution.  */
-	    if (! subst)
+	    module = d_substitution (di, 0);
+	    if (!module)
+	      return NULL;
+	    if (!(module->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_MODULE_NAME
+		  || module->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_MODULE_PARTITION))
 	      {
-		if (! d_add_substitution (di, dc))
+		if (dc)
 		  return NULL;
+		subst = 1;
+		dc = module;
+		module = NULL;
 	      }
-	    dc = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE, dc,
-			      d_template_args (di));
 	  }
-
-	return dc;
       }
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
 
     case 'L':
     default:
-      dc = d_unqualified_name (di);
+      if (!subst)
+	dc = d_unqualified_name (di, dc, module);
       if (d_peek_char (di) == 'I')
 	{
 	  /* This is <template-args>, which means that we just saw
 	     <unscoped-template-name>, which is a substitution
 	     candidate.  */
-	  if (! d_add_substitution (di, dc))
+	  if (!subst && !d_add_substitution (di, dc))
 	    return NULL;
 	  dc = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE, dc,
 			    d_template_args (di));
+	  subst = 0;
 	}
-      return dc;
+      break;
     }
+  if (substable && !subst && !d_add_substitution (di, dc))
+    return NULL;
+  return dc;
 }
 
 /* <nested-name> ::= N [<CV-qualifiers>] [<ref-qualifier>] <prefix> <unqualified-name> E
@@ -1482,7 +1550,7 @@ d_nested_name (struct d_info *di)
      once we have something to attach it to.  */
   rqual = d_ref_qualifier (di, NULL);
 
-  *pret = d_prefix (di);
+  *pret = d_prefix (di, 1);
   if (*pret == NULL)
     return NULL;
 
@@ -1508,105 +1576,149 @@ d_nested_name (struct d_info *di)
    <template-prefix> ::= <prefix> <(template) unqualified-name>
                      ::= <template-param>
                      ::= <substitution>
-*/
+
+   SUBST is true if we should add substitutions (as normal), false
+   if not (in an unresolved-name).  */
 
 static struct demangle_component *
-d_prefix (struct d_info *di)
+d_prefix (struct d_info *di, int substable)
 {
   struct demangle_component *ret = NULL;
 
-  while (1)
+  for (;;)
     {
-      char peek;
-      enum demangle_component_type comb_type;
-      struct demangle_component *dc;
-
-      peek = d_peek_char (di);
-      if (peek == '\0')
-	return NULL;
+      char peek = d_peek_char (di);
 
       /* The older code accepts a <local-name> here, but I don't see
 	 that in the grammar.  The older code does not accept a
 	 <template-param> here.  */
 
-      comb_type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME;
-      if (peek == 'D')
+      if (peek == 'D'
+	  && (d_peek_next_char (di) == 'T'
+	      || d_peek_next_char (di) == 't'))
 	{
-	  char peek2 = d_peek_next_char (di);
-	  if (peek2 == 'T' || peek2 == 't')
-	    /* Decltype.  */
-	    dc = cplus_demangle_type (di);
-	  else
-	    /* Destructor name.  */
-	    dc = d_unqualified_name (di);
+	  /* Decltype.  */
+	  if (ret)
+	    return NULL;
+	  ret = cplus_demangle_type (di);
 	}
-      else if (IS_DIGIT (peek)
-	  || IS_LOWER (peek)
-	  || peek == 'C'
-	  || peek == 'U'
-	  || peek == 'L')
-	dc = d_unqualified_name (di);
-      else if (peek == 'S')
-	dc = d_substitution (di, 1);
       else if (peek == 'I')
 	{
 	  if (ret == NULL)
 	    return NULL;
-	  comb_type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE;
-	  dc = d_template_args (di);
+	  struct demangle_component *dc = d_template_args (di);
+	  if (!dc)
+	    return NULL;
+	  ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE, ret, dc);
 	}
       else if (peek == 'T')
-	dc = d_template_param (di);
-      else if (peek == 'E')
-	return ret;
-      else if (peek == 'M')
 	{
-	  /* Initializer scope for a lambda.  We don't need to represent
-	     this; the normal code will just treat the variable as a type
-	     scope, which gives appropriate output.  */
-	  if (ret == NULL)
+	  if (ret)
 	    return NULL;
+	  ret = d_template_param (di);
+	}
+      else if (peek == 'M')
+	{
+	  /* Initializer scope for a lambda.  We already added it as a
+  	     substitution candidate, don't do that again.  */
 	  d_advance (di, 1);
 	  continue;
 	}
       else
+	{
+	  struct demangle_component *module = NULL;
+	  if (peek == 'S')
+	    {
+	      module = d_substitution (di, 1);
+	      if (!module)
+		return NULL;
+	      if (!(module->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_MODULE_NAME
+		    || module->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_MODULE_PARTITION))
+		{
+		  if (ret)
+		    return NULL;
+		  ret = module;
+		  continue;
+		}
+	    }
+	  ret = d_unqualified_name (di, ret, module);
+	}
+
+      if (!ret)
+	break;
+
+      if (d_peek_char (di) == 'E')
+	break;
+
+      if (substable && !d_add_substitution (di, ret))
 	return NULL;
+    }
 
-      if (ret == NULL)
-	ret = dc;
-      else
-	ret = d_make_comp (di, comb_type, ret, dc);
+  return ret;
+}
 
-      if (peek != 'S' && d_peek_char (di) != 'E')
+static int
+d_maybe_module_name (struct d_info *di, struct demangle_component **name)
+{
+  while (d_peek_char (di) == 'W')
+    {
+      d_advance (di, 1);
+      enum demangle_component_type code = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_MODULE_NAME;
+      if (d_peek_char (di) == 'P')
 	{
-	  if (! d_add_substitution (di, ret))
-	    return NULL;
+	  code = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_MODULE_PARTITION;
+	  d_advance (di, 1);
 	}
+
+      *name = d_make_comp (di, code, *name, d_source_name (di));
+      if (!*name)
+	return 0;
+      if (!d_add_substitution (di, *name))
+	return 0;
     }
+  return 1;
 }
 
-/* <unqualified-name> ::= <operator-name>
-                      ::= <ctor-dtor-name>
-                      ::= <source-name>
-		      ::= <local-source-name> 
-
-    <local-source-name>	::= L <source-name> <discriminator>
+/* <unqualified-name> ::= [<module-name>] <operator-name> [<abi-tags>]
+                      ::= [<module-name>] <ctor-dtor-name> [<abi-tags>]
+                      ::= [<module-name>] <source-name> [<abi-tags>]
+		      ::= [<module-name>] F <source-name> [<abi-tags>]
+		      ::= [<module-name>] <local-source-name>  [<abi-tags>]
+                      ::= [<module-name>] DC <source-name>+ E [<abi-tags>]
+    <local-source-name>	::= L <source-name> <discriminator> [<abi-tags>]
 */
 
 static struct demangle_component *
-d_unqualified_name (struct d_info *di)
+d_unqualified_name (struct d_info *di, struct demangle_component *scope,
+		    struct demangle_component *module)
 {
   struct demangle_component *ret;
   char peek;
+  int member_like_friend = 0;
+
+  if (!d_maybe_module_name (di, &module))
+    return NULL;
 
   peek = d_peek_char (di);
+  if (peek == 'F')
+    {
+      member_like_friend = 1;
+      d_advance (di, 1);
+      peek = d_peek_char (di);
+    }
   if (IS_DIGIT (peek))
     ret = d_source_name (di);
   else if (IS_LOWER (peek))
     {
+      int was_expr = di->is_expression;
       if (peek == 'o' && d_peek_next_char (di) == 'n')
-	d_advance (di, 2);
+	{
+	  d_advance (di, 2);
+	  /* Treat cv as naming a conversion operator.  */
+	  di->is_expression = 0;
+	}
       ret = d_operator_name (di);
+      di->is_expression = was_expr;
       if (ret != NULL && ret->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR)
 	{
 	  di->expansion += sizeof "operator" + ret->u.s_operator.op->len - 2;
@@ -1615,6 +1727,28 @@ d_unqualified_name (struct d_info *di)
 			       d_source_name (di));
 	}
     }
+  else if (peek == 'D' && d_peek_next_char (di) == 'C')
+    {
+      // structured binding
+      d_advance (di, 2);
+      struct demangle_component *prev = NULL;
+      do
+	{
+	  struct demangle_component *next = 
+	    d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_STRUCTURED_BINDING,
+			 d_source_name (di), NULL);
+	  if (prev)
+	    d_right (prev) = next;
+	  else
+	    ret = next;
+	  prev = next;
+	}
+      while (prev && d_peek_char (di) != 'E');
+      if (prev)
+	d_advance (di, 1);
+      else
+	ret = NULL;
+    }
   else if (peek == 'C' || peek == 'D')
     ret = d_ctor_dtor_name (di);
   else if (peek == 'L')
@@ -1644,8 +1778,15 @@ d_unqualified_name (struct d_info *di)
   else
     return NULL;
 
+  if (module)
+    ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_MODULE_ENTITY, ret, module);
   if (d_peek_char (di) == 'B')
     ret = d_abi_tags (di, ret);
+  if (member_like_friend)
+    ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FRIEND, ret, NULL);
+  if (scope)
+    ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME, scope, ret);
+
   return ret;
 }
 
@@ -1694,7 +1835,7 @@ d_number (struct d_info *di)
 	}
       if (ret > ((INT_MAX - (peek - '0')) / 10))
         return -1;
-      ret = ret * 10 + peek - '0';
+      ret = ret * 10 + (peek - '0');
       d_advance (di, 1);
       peek = d_peek_char (di);
     }
@@ -1774,19 +1915,23 @@ const struct demangle_operator_info cplus_demangle_operators[] =
   { "ad", NL ("&"),         1 },
   { "an", NL ("&"),         2 },
   { "at", NL ("alignof "),   1 },
+  { "aw", NL ("co_await "), 1 },
   { "az", NL ("alignof "),   1 },
   { "cc", NL ("const_cast"), 2 },
   { "cl", NL ("()"),        2 },
   { "cm", NL (","),         2 },
   { "co", NL ("~"),         1 },
   { "dV", NL ("/="),        2 },
+  { "dX", NL ("[...]="),     3 }, /* [expr...expr] = expr */
   { "da", NL ("delete[] "), 1 },
   { "dc", NL ("dynamic_cast"), 2 },
   { "de", NL ("*"),         1 },
+  { "di", NL ("="),         2 }, /* .name = expr */
   { "dl", NL ("delete "),   1 },
   { "ds", NL (".*"),        2 },
   { "dt", NL ("."),         2 },
   { "dv", NL ("/"),         2 },
+  { "dx", NL ("]="),        2 }, /* [expr] = expr */
   { "eO", NL ("^="),        2 },
   { "eo", NL ("^"),         2 },
   { "eq", NL ("=="),        2 },
@@ -1813,6 +1958,7 @@ const struct demangle_operator_info cplus_demangle_operators[] =
   { "ng", NL ("-"),         1 },
   { "nt", NL ("!"),         1 },
   { "nw", NL ("new"),       3 },
+  { "nx", NL ("noexcept"),  1 },
   { "oR", NL ("|="),        2 },
   { "oo", NL ("||"),        2 },
   { "or", NL ("|"),         2 },
@@ -1831,6 +1977,7 @@ const struct demangle_operator_info cplus_demangle_operators[] =
   { "sP", NL ("sizeof..."), 1 },
   { "sZ", NL ("sizeof..."), 1 },
   { "sc", NL ("static_cast"), 2 },
+  { "ss", NL ("<=>"),       2 },
   { "st", NL ("sizeof "),   1 },
   { "sz", NL ("sizeof "),   1 },
   { "tr", NL ("throw"),     0 },
@@ -1994,6 +2141,7 @@ d_java_resource (struct d_info *di)
                   ::= TT <type>
                   ::= TI <type>
                   ::= TS <type>
+		  ::= TA <template-arg>
                   ::= GV <(object) name>
                   ::= T <call-offset> <(base) encoding>
                   ::= Tc <call-offset> <call-offset> <(base) encoding>
@@ -2080,11 +2228,15 @@ d_special_name (struct d_info *di)
 
 	case 'H':
 	  return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TLS_INIT,
-			      d_name (di), NULL);
+			      d_name (di, 0), NULL);
 
 	case 'W':
 	  return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TLS_WRAPPER,
-			      d_name (di), NULL);
+			      d_name (di, 0), NULL);
+
+	case 'A':
+	  return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TPARM_OBJ,
+			      d_template_arg (di), NULL);
 
 	default:
 	  return NULL;
@@ -2095,11 +2247,12 @@ d_special_name (struct d_info *di)
       switch (d_next_char (di))
 	{
 	case 'V':
-	  return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GUARD, d_name (di), NULL);
+	  return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GUARD,
+			      d_name (di, 0), NULL);
 
 	case 'R':
 	  {
-	    struct demangle_component *name = d_name (di);
+	    struct demangle_component *name = d_name (di, 0);
 	    return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFTEMP, name,
 				d_number_component (di));
 	  }
@@ -2108,6 +2261,14 @@ d_special_name (struct d_info *di)
 	  return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_HIDDEN_ALIAS,
 			      d_encoding (di, 0), NULL);
 
+	case 'I':
+	  {
+	    struct demangle_component *module = NULL;
+	    if (!d_maybe_module_name (di, &module) || !module)
+	      return NULL;
+	    return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_MODULE_INIT,
+				module, NULL);
+	  }
 	case 'T':
 	  switch (d_next_char (di))
 	    {
@@ -2341,10 +2502,13 @@ cplus_demangle_builtin_types[D_BUILTIN_TYPE_COUNT] =
   /* 27 */ { NL ("decimal64"),	NL ("decimal64"),	D_PRINT_DEFAULT },
   /* 28 */ { NL ("decimal128"),	NL ("decimal128"),	D_PRINT_DEFAULT },
   /* 29 */ { NL ("half"),	NL ("half"),		D_PRINT_FLOAT },
-  /* 30 */ { NL ("char16_t"),	NL ("char16_t"),	D_PRINT_DEFAULT },
-  /* 31 */ { NL ("char32_t"),	NL ("char32_t"),	D_PRINT_DEFAULT },
-  /* 32 */ { NL ("decltype(nullptr)"),	NL ("decltype(nullptr)"),
+  /* 30 */ { NL ("char8_t"),	NL ("char8_t"),		D_PRINT_DEFAULT },
+  /* 31 */ { NL ("char16_t"),	NL ("char16_t"),	D_PRINT_DEFAULT },
+  /* 32 */ { NL ("char32_t"),	NL ("char32_t"),	D_PRINT_DEFAULT },
+  /* 33 */ { NL ("decltype(nullptr)"),	NL ("decltype(nullptr)"),
 	     D_PRINT_DEFAULT },
+  /* 34 */ { NL ("_Float"),	NL ("_Float"),		D_PRINT_FLOAT },
+  /* 35 */ { NL ("std::bfloat16_t"), NL ("std::bfloat16_t"), D_PRINT_FLOAT },
 };
 
 CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3
@@ -2429,13 +2593,6 @@ cplus_demangle_type (struct d_info *di)
       ret = d_function_type (di);
       break;
 
-    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
-    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
-    case 'N':
-    case 'Z':
-      ret = d_class_enum_type (di);
-      break;
-
     case 'A':
       ret = d_array_type (di);
       break;
@@ -2506,39 +2663,6 @@ cplus_demangle_type (struct d_info *di)
 	}
       break;
 
-    case 'S':
-      /* If this is a special substitution, then it is the start of
-	 <class-enum-type>.  */
-      {
-	char peek_next;
-
-	peek_next = d_peek_next_char (di);
-	if (IS_DIGIT (peek_next)
-	    || peek_next == '_'
-	    || IS_UPPER (peek_next))
-	  {
-	    ret = d_substitution (di, 0);
-	    /* The substituted name may have been a template name and
-	       may be followed by tepmlate args.  */
-	    if (d_peek_char (di) == 'I')
-	      ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE, ret,
-				 d_template_args (di));
-	    else
-	      can_subst = 0;
-	  }
-	else
-	  {
-	    ret = d_class_enum_type (di);
-	    /* If the substitution was a complete type, then it is not
-	       a new substitution candidate.  However, if the
-	       substitution was followed by template arguments, then
-	       the whole thing is a substitution candidate.  */
-	    if (ret != NULL && ret->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_SUB_STD)
-	      can_subst = 0;
-	  }
-      }
-      break;
-
     case 'O':
       d_advance (di, 1);
       ret = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE,
@@ -2631,31 +2755,54 @@ cplus_demangle_type (struct d_info *di)
 	  ret = d_make_builtin_type (di, &cplus_demangle_builtin_types[29]);
 	  di->expansion += ret->u.s_builtin.type->len;
 	  break;
+	case 'u':
+	  /* char8_t */
+	  ret = d_make_builtin_type (di, &cplus_demangle_builtin_types[30]);
+	  di->expansion += ret->u.s_builtin.type->len;
+	  break;
 	case 's':
 	  /* char16_t */
-	  ret = d_make_builtin_type (di, &cplus_demangle_builtin_types[30]);
+	  ret = d_make_builtin_type (di, &cplus_demangle_builtin_types[31]);
 	  di->expansion += ret->u.s_builtin.type->len;
 	  break;
 	case 'i':
 	  /* char32_t */
-	  ret = d_make_builtin_type (di, &cplus_demangle_builtin_types[31]);
+	  ret = d_make_builtin_type (di, &cplus_demangle_builtin_types[32]);
 	  di->expansion += ret->u.s_builtin.type->len;
 	  break;
 
 	case 'F':
-	  /* Fixed point types. DF<int bits><length><fract bits><sat>  */
-	  ret = d_make_empty (di);
-	  ret->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FIXED_TYPE;
-	  if ((ret->u.s_fixed.accum = IS_DIGIT (d_peek_char (di))))
-	    /* For demangling we don't care about the bits.  */
-	    d_number (di);
-	  ret->u.s_fixed.length = cplus_demangle_type (di);
-	  if (ret->u.s_fixed.length == NULL)
-	    return NULL;
-	  d_number (di);
-	  peek = d_next_char (di);
-	  ret->u.s_fixed.sat = (peek == 's');
-	  break;
+	  /* DF<number>_ - _Float<number>.
+	     DF<number>x - _Float<number>x
+	     DF16b - std::bfloat16_t.  */
+	  {
+	    int arg = d_number (di);
+	    char buf[12];
+	    char suffix = 0;
+	    if (d_peek_char (di) == 'b')
+	      {
+		if (arg != 16)
+		  return NULL;
+		d_advance (di, 1);
+		ret = d_make_builtin_type (di,
+					   &cplus_demangle_builtin_types[35]);
+		di->expansion += ret->u.s_builtin.type->len;
+		break;
+	      }
+	    if (d_peek_char (di) == 'x')
+	      suffix = 'x';
+	    if (!suffix && d_peek_char (di) != '_')
+	      return NULL;
+	    ret
+	      = d_make_extended_builtin_type (di,
+					      &cplus_demangle_builtin_types[34],
+					      arg, suffix);
+	    d_advance (di, 1);
+	    sprintf (buf, "%d", arg);
+	    di->expansion += ret->u.s_extended_builtin.type->len
+			     + strlen (buf) + (suffix != 0);
+	    break;
+	  }
 
 	case 'v':
 	  ret = d_vector_type (di);
@@ -2664,7 +2811,7 @@ cplus_demangle_type (struct d_info *di)
 
         case 'n':
           /* decltype(nullptr) */
-	  ret = d_make_builtin_type (di, &cplus_demangle_builtin_types[32]);
+	  ret = d_make_builtin_type (di, &cplus_demangle_builtin_types[33]);
 	  di->expansion += ret->u.s_builtin.type->len;
 	  break;
 
@@ -2674,7 +2821,7 @@ cplus_demangle_type (struct d_info *di)
       break;
 
     default:
-      return NULL;
+      return d_class_enum_type (di, 1);
     }
 
   if (can_subst)
@@ -2829,21 +2976,35 @@ d_ref_qualifier (struct d_info *di, struct demangle_component *sub)
 static struct demangle_component *
 d_function_type (struct d_info *di)
 {
-  struct demangle_component *ret;
+  struct demangle_component *ret = NULL;
 
-  if (! d_check_char (di, 'F'))
-    return NULL;
-  if (d_peek_char (di) == 'Y')
+  if ((di->options & DMGL_NO_RECURSE_LIMIT) == 0)
     {
-      /* Function has C linkage.  We don't print this information.
-	 FIXME: We should print it in verbose mode.  */
-      d_advance (di, 1);
+      if (di->recursion_level > DEMANGLE_RECURSION_LIMIT)
+	/* FIXME: There ought to be a way to report
+	   that the recursion limit has been reached.  */
+	return NULL;
+
+      di->recursion_level ++;
     }
-  ret = d_bare_function_type (di, 1);
-  ret = d_ref_qualifier (di, ret);
 
-  if (! d_check_char (di, 'E'))
-    return NULL;
+  if (d_check_char (di, 'F'))
+    {
+      if (d_peek_char (di) == 'Y')
+	{
+	  /* Function has C linkage.  We don't print this information.
+	     FIXME: We should print it in verbose mode.  */
+	  d_advance (di, 1);
+	}
+      ret = d_bare_function_type (di, 1);
+      ret = d_ref_qualifier (di, ret);
+      
+      if (! d_check_char (di, 'E'))
+	ret = NULL;
+    }
+
+  if ((di->options & DMGL_NO_RECURSE_LIMIT) == 0)
+    di->recursion_level --;
   return ret;
 }
 
@@ -2933,9 +3094,9 @@ d_bare_function_type (struct d_info *di, int has_return_type)
 /* <class-enum-type> ::= <name>  */
 
 static struct demangle_component *
-d_class_enum_type (struct d_info *di)
+d_class_enum_type (struct d_info *di, int substable)
 {
-  return d_name (di);
+  return d_name (di, substable);
 }
 
 /* <array-type> ::= A <(positive dimension) number> _ <(element) type>
@@ -3226,18 +3387,69 @@ op_is_new_cast (struct demangle_component *op)
 	      || code[0] == 'c' || code[0] == 'r'));
 }
 
+/*   <unresolved-name> ::= [gs] <base-unresolved-name> # x or (with "gs") ::x
+       ::= sr <unresolved-type> <base-unresolved-name> # T::x / decltype(p)::x
+       # T::N::x /decltype(p)::N::x
+       ::= srN <unresolved-type> <unresolved-qualifier-level>+ E <base-unresolved-name>
+       # A::x, N::y, A<T>::z; "gs" means leading "::"
+       ::= [gs] sr <unresolved-qualifier-level>+ E <base-unresolved-name>
+
+     "gs" is handled elsewhere, as a unary operator.  */
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_unresolved_name (struct d_info *di)
+{
+  struct demangle_component *type;
+  struct demangle_component *name;
+  char peek;
+
+  /* Consume the "sr".  */
+  d_advance (di, 2);
+
+  peek = d_peek_char (di);
+  if (di->unresolved_name_state
+      && (IS_DIGIT (peek)
+	  || IS_LOWER (peek)
+	  || peek == 'C'
+	  || peek == 'U'
+	  || peek == 'L'))
+    {
+      /* The third production is ambiguous with the old unresolved-name syntax
+	 of <type> <base-unresolved-name>; in the old mangling, A::x was mangled
+	 as sr1A1x, now sr1AE1x.  So we first try to demangle using the new
+	 mangling, then with the old if that fails.  */
+      di->unresolved_name_state = -1;
+      type = d_prefix (di, 0);
+      if (d_peek_char (di) == 'E')
+	d_advance (di, 1);
+    }
+  else
+    type = cplus_demangle_type (di);
+  name = d_unqualified_name (di, type, NULL);
+  if (d_peek_char (di) == 'I')
+    name = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE, name,
+			d_template_args (di));
+  return name;
+}
+
 /* <expression> ::= <(unary) operator-name> <expression>
                 ::= <(binary) operator-name> <expression> <expression>
                 ::= <(trinary) operator-name> <expression> <expression> <expression>
 		::= cl <expression>+ E
                 ::= st <type>
                 ::= <template-param>
-                ::= sr <type> <unqualified-name>
-                ::= sr <type> <unqualified-name> <template-args>
+		::= u <source-name> <template-arg>* E # vendor extended expression
+		::= <unresolved-name>
                 ::= <expr-primary>
+
+  <braced-expression> ::= <expression>
+		      ::= di <field source-name> <braced-expression>	# .name = expr
+		      ::= dx <index expression> <braced-expression>	# [expr] = expr
+		      ::= dX <range begin expression> <range end expression> <braced-expression>
+									# [expr ... expr] = expr
 */
 
-static inline struct demangle_component *
+static struct demangle_component *
 d_expression_1 (struct d_info *di)
 {
   char peek;
@@ -3248,20 +3460,7 @@ d_expression_1 (struct d_info *di)
   else if (peek == 'T')
     return d_template_param (di);
   else if (peek == 's' && d_peek_next_char (di) == 'r')
-    {
-      struct demangle_component *type;
-      struct demangle_component *name;
-
-      d_advance (di, 2);
-      type = cplus_demangle_type (di);
-      name = d_unqualified_name (di);
-      if (d_peek_char (di) != 'I')
-	return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME, type, name);
-      else
-	return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME, type,
-			    d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE, name,
-					 d_template_args (di)));
-    }
+    return d_unresolved_name (di);
   else if (peek == 's' && d_peek_next_char (di) == 'p')
     {
       d_advance (di, 2);
@@ -3299,7 +3498,7 @@ d_expression_1 (struct d_info *di)
 	/* operator-function-id, i.e. operator+(t).  */
 	d_advance (di, 2);
 
-      name = d_unqualified_name (di);
+      name = d_unqualified_name (di, NULL, NULL);
       if (name == NULL)
 	return NULL;
       if (d_peek_char (di) == 'I')
@@ -3313,14 +3512,23 @@ d_expression_1 (struct d_info *di)
     {
       /* Brace-enclosed initializer list, untyped or typed.  */
       struct demangle_component *type = NULL;
+      d_advance (di, 2);
       if (peek == 't')
 	type = cplus_demangle_type (di);
-      if (!d_peek_next_char (di))
+      if (!d_peek_char (di) || !d_peek_next_char (di))
 	return NULL;
-      d_advance (di, 2);
       return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_INITIALIZER_LIST,
 			  type, d_exprlist (di, 'E'));
     }
+  else if (peek == 'u')
+    {
+      /* A vendor extended expression.  */
+      struct demangle_component *name, *args;
+      d_advance (di, 1);
+      name = d_source_name (di);
+      args = d_template_args_1 (di);
+      return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_EXPR, name, args);
+    }
   else
     {
       struct demangle_component *op;
@@ -3380,13 +3588,10 @@ d_expression_1 (struct d_info *di)
 
 	    if (suffix)
 	      /* Indicate the suffix variant for d_print_comp.  */
-	      return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNARY, op,
-				  d_make_comp (di,
-					       DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY_ARGS,
-					       operand, operand));
-	    else
-	      return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNARY, op,
-				  operand);
+	      operand = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY_ARGS,
+				     operand, operand);
+
+	    return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNARY, op, operand);
 	  }
 	case 2:
 	  {
@@ -3400,16 +3605,30 @@ d_expression_1 (struct d_info *di)
 	    else if (code[0] == 'f')
 	      /* fold-expression.  */
 	      left = d_operator_name (di);
+	    else if (!strcmp (code, "di"))
+	      left = d_unqualified_name (di, NULL, NULL);
 	    else
 	      left = d_expression_1 (di);
 	    if (!strcmp (code, "cl"))
 	      right = d_exprlist (di, 'E');
 	    else if (!strcmp (code, "dt") || !strcmp (code, "pt"))
 	      {
-		right = d_unqualified_name (di);
-		if (d_peek_char (di) == 'I')
-		  right = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE,
-				       right, d_template_args (di));
+		peek = d_peek_char (di);
+		/* These codes start a qualified name.  */
+		if ((peek == 'g' && d_peek_next_char (di) == 's')
+		    || (peek == 's' && d_peek_next_char (di) == 'r'))
+		  right = d_expression_1 (di);
+		else
+		  {
+		    /* Otherwise it's an unqualified name.  We use
+		       d_unqualified_name rather than d_expression_1 here for
+		       old mangled names that didn't add 'on' before operator
+		       names.  */
+		    right = d_unqualified_name (di, NULL, NULL);
+		    if (d_peek_char (di) == 'I')
+		      right = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE,
+					   right, d_template_args (di));
+		  }
 	      }
 	    else
 	      right = d_expression_1 (di);
@@ -3427,7 +3646,8 @@ d_expression_1 (struct d_info *di)
 
 	    if (code == NULL)
 	      return NULL;
-	    else if (!strcmp (code, "qu"))
+	    else if (!strcmp (code, "qu")
+		     || !strcmp (code, "dX"))
 	      {
 		/* ?: expression.  */
 		first = d_expression_1 (di);
@@ -3531,6 +3751,17 @@ d_expr_primary (struct d_info *di)
 	  && type->u.s_builtin.type->print != D_PRINT_DEFAULT)
 	di->expansion -= type->u.s_builtin.type->len;
 
+      if (type->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE
+	  && strcmp (type->u.s_builtin.type->name,
+		     cplus_demangle_builtin_types[33].name) == 0)
+	{
+	  if (d_peek_char (di) == 'E')
+	    {
+	      d_advance (di, 1);
+	      return type;
+	    }
+	}
+
       /* Rather than try to interpret the literal value, we just
 	 collect it as a string.  Note that it's possible to have a
 	 floating point literal here.  The ABI specifies that the
@@ -3571,11 +3802,14 @@ static struct demangle_component *
 d_local_name (struct d_info *di)
 {
   struct demangle_component *function;
+  struct demangle_component *name;
 
   if (! d_check_char (di, 'Z'))
     return NULL;
 
   function = d_encoding (di, 0);
+  if (!function)
+    return NULL;
 
   if (! d_check_char (di, 'E'))
     return NULL;
@@ -3585,13 +3819,10 @@ d_local_name (struct d_info *di)
       d_advance (di, 1);
       if (! d_discriminator (di))
 	return NULL;
-      return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME, function,
-			  d_make_name (di, "string literal",
-				       sizeof "string literal" - 1));
+      name = d_make_name (di, "string literal", sizeof "string literal" - 1);
     }
   else
     {
-      struct demangle_component *name;
       int num = -1;
 
       if (d_peek_char (di) == 'd')
@@ -3603,22 +3834,31 @@ d_local_name (struct d_info *di)
 	    return NULL;
 	}
 
-      name = d_name (di);
-      if (name)
-	switch (name->type)
-	  {
-	    /* Lambdas and unnamed types have internal discriminators.  */
-	  case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LAMBDA:
-	  case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNNAMED_TYPE:
-	    break;
-	  default:
-	    if (! d_discriminator (di))
-	      return NULL;
-	  }
+      name = d_name (di, 0);
+
+      if (name
+	  /* Lambdas and unnamed types have internal discriminators
+	     and are not functions.  */
+	  && name->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LAMBDA
+	  && name->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNNAMED_TYPE)
+	{
+	  /* Read and ignore an optional discriminator.  */
+	  if (! d_discriminator (di))
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+
       if (num >= 0)
 	name = d_make_default_arg (di, num, name);
-      return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME, function, name);
     }
+
+  /* Elide the return type of the containing function so as to not
+     confuse the user thinking it is the return type of whatever local
+     function we might be containing.  */
+  if (function->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TYPED_NAME
+      && d_right (function)->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_TYPE)
+    d_left (d_right (function)) = NULL;
+
+  return d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME, function, name);
 }
 
 /* <discriminator> ::= _ <number>    # when number < 10
@@ -3658,32 +3898,120 @@ d_discriminator (struct d_info *di)
   return 1;
 }
 
-/* <closure-type-name> ::= Ul <lambda-sig> E [ <nonnegative number> ] _ */
+/* <template-parm> ::= Ty
+                   ::= Tn <type>
+		   ::= Tt <template-head> E
+		   ::= Tp <template-parm>  */
 
 static struct demangle_component *
-d_lambda (struct d_info *di)
+d_template_parm (struct d_info *di, int *bad)
 {
-  struct demangle_component *tl;
-  struct demangle_component *ret;
-  int num;
+  if (d_peek_char (di) != 'T')
+    return NULL;
+
+  struct demangle_component *op;
+  enum demangle_component_type kind;
+  switch (d_peek_next_char (di))
+    {
+    default:
+      return NULL;
+
+    case 'p': /* Pack  */
+      d_advance (di, 2);
+      op = d_template_parm (di, bad);
+      kind = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PACK_PARM;
+      if (!op)
+	{
+	  *bad = 1;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case 'y': /* Typename  */
+      d_advance (di, 2);
+      op = NULL;
+      kind = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_TYPE_PARM;
+      break;
+
+    case 'n': /* Non-Type  */
+      d_advance (di, 2);
+      op = cplus_demangle_type (di);
+      kind = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_NON_TYPE_PARM;
+      if (!op)
+	{
+	  *bad = 1;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+      break;
 
+    case 't': /* Template */
+      d_advance (di, 2);
+      op = d_template_head (di, bad);
+      kind = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_TEMPLATE_PARM;
+      if (!op || !d_check_char (di, 'E'))
+	{
+	  *bad = 1;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return d_make_comp (di, kind, op, NULL);
+}
+
+/* <template-head> ::= <template-head>? <template-parm>  */
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_template_head (struct d_info *di, int *bad)
+{
+  struct demangle_component *res = NULL, **slot = &res;
+  struct demangle_component *op;
+
+  while ((op = d_template_parm (di, bad)))
+    {
+      *slot = op;
+      slot = &d_right (op);
+    }
+
+  /* Wrap it in a template head, to make concatenating with any parm list, and
+     printing simpler.  */
+  if (res)
+    res = d_make_comp (di, DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_HEAD, res, NULL);
+
+  return res;
+}
+
+/* <closure-type-name> ::= Ul <template-head>? <lambda-sig> E [ <nonnegative number> ] _ */
+
+static struct demangle_component *
+d_lambda (struct d_info *di)
+{
   if (! d_check_char (di, 'U'))
     return NULL;
   if (! d_check_char (di, 'l'))
     return NULL;
 
-  tl = d_parmlist (di);
+  int bad = 0;
+  struct demangle_component *head = d_template_head (di, &bad);
+  if (bad)
+    return NULL;
+
+  struct demangle_component *tl = d_parmlist (di);
   if (tl == NULL)
     return NULL;
+  if (head)
+    {
+      d_right (head) = tl;
+      tl = head;
+    }
 
   if (! d_check_char (di, 'E'))
     return NULL;
 
-  num = d_compact_number (di);
+  int num = d_compact_number (di);
   if (num < 0)
     return NULL;
 
-  ret = d_make_empty (di);
+  struct demangle_component *ret = d_make_empty (di);
   if (ret)
     {
       ret->type = DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LAMBDA;
@@ -3691,9 +4019,6 @@ d_lambda (struct d_info *di)
       ret->u.s_unary_num.num = num;
     }
 
-  if (! d_add_substitution (di, ret))
-    return NULL;
-
   return ret;
 }
 
@@ -3737,10 +4062,11 @@ d_clone_suffix (struct d_info *di, struct demangle_component *encoding)
   const char *pend = suffix;
   struct demangle_component *n;
 
-  if (*pend == '.' && (IS_LOWER (pend[1]) || pend[1] == '_'))
+  if (*pend == '.' && (IS_LOWER (pend[1]) || IS_DIGIT (pend[1])
+		       || pend[1] == '_'))
     {
       pend += 2;
-      while (IS_LOWER (*pend) || *pend == '_')
+      while (IS_LOWER (*pend) || IS_DIGIT (*pend) || *pend == '_')
 	++pend;
     }
   while (*pend == '.' && IS_DIGIT (pend[1]))
@@ -4012,12 +4338,14 @@ d_growable_string_callback_adapter (const char *s, size_t l, void *opaque)
    are larger than the actual numbers encountered.  */
 
 static void
-d_count_templates_scopes (int *num_templates, int *num_scopes,
-			  const struct demangle_component *dc)
+d_count_templates_scopes (struct d_print_info *dpi,
+			  struct demangle_component *dc)
 {
-  if (dc == NULL)
+  if (dc == NULL || dc->d_counting > 1 || dpi->recursion > MAX_RECURSION_COUNT)
     return;
 
+  ++ dc->d_counting;
+
   switch (dc->type)
     {
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NAME:
@@ -4025,20 +4353,31 @@ d_count_templates_scopes (int *num_templates, int *num_scopes,
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_PARAM:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_SUB_STD:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_BUILTIN_TYPE:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CHARACTER:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NUMBER:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNNAMED_TYPE:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_STRUCTURED_BINDING:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_MODULE_NAME:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_MODULE_PARTITION:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_MODULE_INIT:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FIXED_TYPE:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_HEAD:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_TYPE_PARM:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_NON_TYPE_PARM:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_TEMPLATE_PARM:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PACK_PARM:
       break;
 
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE:
-      (*num_templates)++;
+      dpi->num_copy_templates++;
       goto recurse_left_right;
 
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_REFERENCE:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_RVALUE_REFERENCE:
       if (d_left (dc)->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PARAM)
-	(*num_scopes)++;
+	dpi->num_saved_scopes++;
       goto recurse_left_right;
 
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME:
@@ -4081,6 +4420,7 @@ d_count_templates_scopes (int *num_templates, int *num_scopes,
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VECTOR_TYPE:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARGLIST:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TPARM_OBJ:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_INITIALIZER_LIST:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CAST:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CONVERSION:
@@ -4093,6 +4433,7 @@ d_count_templates_scopes (int *num_templates, int *num_scopes,
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY_ARG2:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL_NEG:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_EXPR:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_JAVA_RESOURCE:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPOUND_NAME:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DECLTYPE:
@@ -4102,42 +4443,40 @@ d_count_templates_scopes (int *num_templates, int *num_scopes,
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TAGGED_NAME:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CLONE:
     recurse_left_right:
-      d_count_templates_scopes (num_templates, num_scopes,
-				d_left (dc));
-      d_count_templates_scopes (num_templates, num_scopes,
-				d_right (dc));
+      /* PR 89394 - Check for too much recursion.  */
+      if (dpi->recursion > DEMANGLE_RECURSION_LIMIT)
+	/* FIXME: There ought to be a way to report to the
+	   user that the recursion limit has been reached.  */
+	return;
+
+      ++ dpi->recursion;
+      d_count_templates_scopes (dpi, d_left (dc));
+      d_count_templates_scopes (dpi, d_right (dc));
+      -- dpi->recursion;
       break;
 
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR:
-      d_count_templates_scopes (num_templates, num_scopes,
-				dc->u.s_ctor.name);
+      d_count_templates_scopes (dpi, dc->u.s_ctor.name);
       break;
 
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DTOR:
-      d_count_templates_scopes (num_templates, num_scopes,
-				dc->u.s_dtor.name);
+      d_count_templates_scopes (dpi, dc->u.s_dtor.name);
       break;
 
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_OPERATOR:
-      d_count_templates_scopes (num_templates, num_scopes,
-				dc->u.s_extended_operator.name);
-      break;
-
-    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FIXED_TYPE:
-      d_count_templates_scopes (num_templates, num_scopes,
-                                dc->u.s_fixed.length);
+      d_count_templates_scopes (dpi, dc->u.s_extended_operator.name);
       break;
 
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GLOBAL_CONSTRUCTORS:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_GLOBAL_DESTRUCTORS:
-      d_count_templates_scopes (num_templates, num_scopes,
-				d_left (dc));
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_MODULE_ENTITY:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FRIEND:
+      d_count_templates_scopes (dpi, d_left (dc));
       break;
 
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LAMBDA:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DEFAULT_ARG:
-      d_count_templates_scopes (num_templates, num_scopes,
-				dc->u.s_unary_num.sub);
+      d_count_templates_scopes (dpi, dc->u.s_unary_num.sub);
       break;
     }
 }
@@ -4146,7 +4485,7 @@ d_count_templates_scopes (int *num_templates, int *num_scopes,
 
 static void
 d_print_init (struct d_print_info *dpi, demangle_callbackref callback,
-	      void *opaque, const struct demangle_component *dc)
+	      void *opaque, struct demangle_component *dc)
 {
   dpi->len = 0;
   dpi->last_char = '\0';
@@ -4160,7 +4499,7 @@ d_print_init (struct d_print_info *dpi, demangle_callbackref callback,
 
   dpi->demangle_failure = 0;
   dpi->recursion = 0;
-  dpi->is_lambda_arg = 0;
+  dpi->lambda_tpl_parms = 0;
 
   dpi->component_stack = NULL;
 
@@ -4172,8 +4511,12 @@ d_print_init (struct d_print_info *dpi, demangle_callbackref callback,
   dpi->next_copy_template = 0;
   dpi->num_copy_templates = 0;
 
-  d_count_templates_scopes (&dpi->num_copy_templates,
-			    &dpi->num_saved_scopes, dc);
+  d_count_templates_scopes (dpi, dc);
+  /* If we did not reach the recursion limit, then reset the
+     current recursion value back to 0, so that we can print
+     the templates.  */
+  if (dpi->recursion < DEMANGLE_RECURSION_LIMIT)
+    dpi->recursion = 0;
   dpi->num_copy_templates *= dpi->num_saved_scopes;
 
   dpi->current_template = NULL;
@@ -4392,11 +4735,11 @@ d_find_pack (struct d_print_info *dpi,
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TAGGED_NAME:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_OPERATOR:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BUILTIN_TYPE:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_BUILTIN_TYPE:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_SUB_STD:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CHARACTER:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FUNCTION_PARAM:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNNAMED_TYPE:
-    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FIXED_TYPE:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DEFAULT_ARG:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NUMBER:
       return NULL;
@@ -4595,6 +4938,91 @@ d_maybe_print_fold_expression (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options,
   return 1;
 }
 
+/* True iff DC represents a C99-style designated initializer.  */
+
+static int
+is_designated_init (struct demangle_component *dc)
+{
+  if (dc->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_BINARY
+      && dc->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRINARY)
+    return 0;
+
+  struct demangle_component *op = d_left (dc);
+  const char *code = op->u.s_operator.op->code;
+  return (code[0] == 'd'
+	  && (code[1] == 'i' || code[1] == 'x' || code[1] == 'X'));
+}
+
+/* If DC represents a C99-style designated initializer, print it and return
+   true; otherwise, return false.  */
+
+static int
+d_maybe_print_designated_init (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options,
+			       struct demangle_component *dc)
+{
+  if (!is_designated_init (dc))
+    return 0;
+
+  const char *code = d_left (dc)->u.s_operator.op->code;
+
+  struct demangle_component *operands = d_right (dc);
+  struct demangle_component *op1 = d_left (operands);
+  struct demangle_component *op2 = d_right (operands);
+
+  if (code[1] == 'i')
+    d_append_char (dpi, '.');
+  else
+    d_append_char (dpi, '[');
+
+  d_print_comp (dpi, options, op1);
+  if (code[1] == 'X')
+    {
+      d_append_string (dpi, " ... ");
+      d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (op2));
+      op2 = d_right (op2);
+    }
+  if (code[1] != 'i')
+    d_append_char (dpi, ']');
+  if (is_designated_init (op2))
+    {
+      /* Don't put '=' or '(' between chained designators.  */
+      d_print_comp (dpi, options, op2);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      d_append_char (dpi, '=');
+      d_print_subexpr (dpi, options, op2);
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+static void
+d_print_lambda_parm_name (struct d_print_info *dpi, int type, unsigned index)
+{
+  const char *str;
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    default:
+      dpi->demangle_failure = 1;
+      str = "";
+      break;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_TYPE_PARM:
+      str = "$T";
+      break;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_NON_TYPE_PARM:
+      str = "$N";
+      break;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_TEMPLATE_PARM:
+      str = "$TT";
+      break;
+    }
+  d_append_string (dpi, str);
+  d_append_num (dpi, index);
+}
+
 /* Subroutine to handle components.  */
 
 static void
@@ -4636,6 +5064,38 @@ d_print_comp_inner (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options,
       d_append_char (dpi, ']');
       return;
 
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_STRUCTURED_BINDING:
+      d_append_char (dpi, '[');
+      for (;;)
+	{
+	  d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc));
+	  dc = d_right (dc);
+	  if (!dc)
+	    break;
+	  d_append_string (dpi, ", ");
+	}
+      d_append_char (dpi, ']');
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_MODULE_ENTITY:
+      d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc));
+      d_append_char (dpi, '@');
+      d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_right (dc));
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_MODULE_NAME:
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_MODULE_PARTITION:
+      {
+	if (d_left (dc))
+	  d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc));
+	char c = dc->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_MODULE_PARTITION
+	  ? ':' : d_left (dc) ? '.' : 0;
+	if (c)
+	  d_append_char (dpi, c);
+	d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_right (dc));
+      }
+      return;
+
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_QUAL_NAME:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME:
       d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc));
@@ -4698,32 +5158,17 @@ d_print_comp_inner (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options,
 	    return;
 	  }
 
-	/* If typed_name is a template, then it applies to the
-	   function type as well.  */
-	if (typed_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE)
-	  {
-	    dpt.next = dpi->templates;
-	    dpi->templates = &dpt;
-	    dpt.template_decl = typed_name;
-	  }
-
 	/* If typed_name is a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME, then
 	   there may be CV-qualifiers on its right argument which
-	   really apply here; this happens when parsing a class which
+	   really apply here; this happens when parsing a class that
 	   is local to a function.  */
 	if (typed_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LOCAL_NAME)
 	  {
-	    struct demangle_component *local_name;
-
-	    local_name = d_right (typed_name);
-	    if (local_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DEFAULT_ARG)
-	      local_name = local_name->u.s_unary_num.sub;
-	    if (local_name == NULL)
-	      {
-		d_print_error (dpi);
-		return;
-	      }
-	    while (is_fnqual_component_type (local_name->type))
+	    typed_name = d_right (typed_name);
+	    if (typed_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_DEFAULT_ARG)
+	      typed_name = typed_name->u.s_unary_num.sub;
+	    while (typed_name != NULL
+		   && is_fnqual_component_type (typed_name->type))
 	      {
 		if (i >= sizeof adpm / sizeof adpm[0])
 		  {
@@ -4735,15 +5180,29 @@ d_print_comp_inner (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options,
 		adpm[i].next = &adpm[i - 1];
 		dpi->modifiers = &adpm[i];
 
-		adpm[i - 1].mod = local_name;
+		adpm[i - 1].mod = typed_name;
 		adpm[i - 1].printed = 0;
 		adpm[i - 1].templates = dpi->templates;
 		++i;
 
-		local_name = d_left (local_name);
+		typed_name = d_left (typed_name);
+	      }
+	    if (typed_name == NULL)
+	      {
+		d_print_error (dpi);
+		return;
 	      }
 	  }
 
+	/* If typed_name is a template, then it applies to the
+	   function type as well.  */
+	if (typed_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE)
+	  {
+	    dpt.next = dpi->templates;
+	    dpi->templates = &dpt;
+	    dpt.template_decl = typed_name;
+	  }
+
 	d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_right (dc));
 
 	if (typed_name->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE)
@@ -4818,7 +5277,21 @@ d_print_comp_inner (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options,
       }
 
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PARAM:
-      if (dpi->is_lambda_arg)
+      if (dpi->lambda_tpl_parms > dc->u.s_number.number + 1)
+	{
+	  const struct demangle_component *a
+	    = d_left (dpi->templates->template_decl);
+	  unsigned c;
+	  for (c = dc->u.s_number.number; a && c; c--)
+	    a = d_right (a);
+	  if (a && a->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PACK_PARM)
+	    a = d_left (a);
+	  if (!a)
+	    dpi->demangle_failure = 1;
+	  else
+	    d_print_lambda_parm_name (dpi, a->type, dc->u.s_number.number);
+	}
+      else if (dpi->lambda_tpl_parms)
 	{
 	  /* Show the template parm index, as that's how g++ displays
 	     these, and future proofs us against potential
@@ -4854,6 +5327,11 @@ d_print_comp_inner (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options,
 	}
       return;
 
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TPARM_OBJ:
+      d_append_string (dpi, "template parameter object for ");
+      d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc));
+      return;
+
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CTOR:
       d_print_comp (dpi, options, dc->u.s_ctor.name);
       return;
@@ -4863,6 +5341,11 @@ d_print_comp_inner (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options,
       d_print_comp (dpi, options, dc->u.s_dtor.name);
       return;
 
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_MODULE_INIT:
+      d_append_string (dpi, "initializer for module ");
+      d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc));
+      return;
+
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VTABLE:
       d_append_string (dpi, "vtable for ");
       d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc));
@@ -4989,7 +5472,7 @@ d_print_comp_inner (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options,
       {
 	/* Handle reference smashing: & + && = &.  */
 	struct demangle_component *sub = d_left (dc);
-	if (!dpi->is_lambda_arg
+	if (!dpi->lambda_tpl_parms
 	    && sub->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PARAM)
 	  {
 	    struct d_saved_scope *scope = d_get_saved_scope (dpi, sub);
@@ -5100,6 +5583,14 @@ d_print_comp_inner (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options,
 			 dc->u.s_builtin.type->java_len);
       return;
 
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_BUILTIN_TYPE:
+      d_append_buffer (dpi, dc->u.s_extended_builtin.type->name,
+		       dc->u.s_extended_builtin.type->len);
+      d_append_num (dpi, dc->u.s_extended_builtin.arg);
+      if (dc->u.s_extended_builtin.suffix)
+	d_append_buffer (dpi, &dc->u.s_extended_builtin.suffix, 1);
+      return;
+
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_TYPE:
       d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc));
       return;
@@ -5238,22 +5729,6 @@ d_print_comp_inner (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options,
 	return;
       }
 
-    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FIXED_TYPE:
-      if (dc->u.s_fixed.sat)
-	d_append_string (dpi, "_Sat ");
-      /* Don't print "int _Accum".  */
-      if (dc->u.s_fixed.length->u.s_builtin.type
-	  != &cplus_demangle_builtin_types['i'-'a'])
-	{
-	  d_print_comp (dpi, options, dc->u.s_fixed.length);
-	  d_append_char (dpi, ' ');
-	}
-      if (dc->u.s_fixed.accum)
-	d_append_string (dpi, "_Accum");
-      else
-	d_append_string (dpi, "_Fract");
-      return;
-
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARGLIST:
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST:
       if (d_left (dc) != NULL)
@@ -5374,8 +5849,8 @@ d_print_comp_inner (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options,
 	if (code && !strcmp (code, "gs"))
 	  /* Avoid parens after '::'.  */
 	  d_print_comp (dpi, options, operand);
-	else if (code && !strcmp (code, "st"))
-	  /* Always print parens for sizeof (type).  */
+	else if (code && (!strcmp (code, "st") || !strcmp (code, "nx")))
+	  /* Always print parens for sizeof (type) and noexcept(expr).  */
 	  {
 	    d_append_char (dpi, '(');
 	    d_print_comp (dpi, options, operand);
@@ -5407,6 +5882,9 @@ d_print_comp_inner (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options,
       if (d_maybe_print_fold_expression (dpi, options, dc))
 	return;
 
+      if (d_maybe_print_designated_init (dpi, options, dc))
+	return;
+
       /* We wrap an expression which uses the greater-than operator in
 	 an extra layer of parens so that it does not get confused
 	 with the '>' which ends the template parameters.  */
@@ -5464,6 +5942,8 @@ d_print_comp_inner (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options,
 	}
       if (d_maybe_print_fold_expression (dpi, options, dc))
 	return;
+      if (d_maybe_print_designated_init (dpi, options, dc))
+	return;
       {
 	struct demangle_component *op = d_left (dc);
 	struct demangle_component *first = d_left (d_right (dc));
@@ -5583,6 +6063,13 @@ d_print_comp_inner (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options,
       }
       return;
 
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_EXPR:
+      d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc));
+      d_append_char (dpi, '(');
+      d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_right (dc));
+      d_append_char (dpi, ')');
+      return;
+
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NUMBER:
       d_append_num (dpi, dc->u.s_number.number);
       return;
@@ -5609,9 +6096,10 @@ d_print_comp_inner (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options,
 
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PACK_EXPANSION:
       {
-	int len;
-	int i;
-	struct demangle_component *a = d_find_pack (dpi, d_left (dc));
+	struct demangle_component *a = NULL;
+
+	if (!dpi->lambda_tpl_parms)
+	  a = d_find_pack (dpi, d_left (dc));
 	if (a == NULL)
 	  {
 	    /* d_find_pack won't find anything if the only packs involved
@@ -5619,17 +6107,20 @@ d_print_comp_inner (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options,
 	       case, just print the pattern and "...".  */
 	    d_print_subexpr (dpi, options, d_left (dc));
 	    d_append_string (dpi, "...");
-	    return;
 	  }
-
-	len = d_pack_length (a);
-	dc = d_left (dc);
-	for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
+	else
 	  {
-	    dpi->pack_index = i;
-	    d_print_comp (dpi, options, dc);
-	    if (i < len-1)
-	      d_append_string (dpi, ", ");
+	    int len = d_pack_length (a);
+	    int i;
+
+	    dc = d_left (dc);
+	    for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
+	      {
+		if (i)
+		  d_append_string (dpi, ", ");
+		dpi->pack_index = i;
+		d_print_comp (dpi, options, dc);
+	      }
 	  }
       }
       return;
@@ -5659,15 +6150,50 @@ d_print_comp_inner (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options,
       return;
 
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LAMBDA:
-      d_append_string (dpi, "{lambda(");
-      /* Generic lambda auto parms are mangled as the template type
-	 parm they are.  */
-      dpi->is_lambda_arg++;
-      d_print_comp (dpi, options, dc->u.s_unary_num.sub);
-      dpi->is_lambda_arg--;
-      d_append_string (dpi, ")#");
-      d_append_num (dpi, dc->u.s_unary_num.num + 1);
-      d_append_char (dpi, '}');
+      {
+	d_append_string (dpi, "{lambda");
+	struct demangle_component *parms = dc->u.s_unary_num.sub;
+	struct d_print_template dpt;
+	/* Generic lambda auto parms are mangled as the (synthedic) template
+	   type parm they are.  We need to tell the printer that (a) we're in
+	   a lambda, and (b) the number of synthetic parms.  */
+	int saved_tpl_parms = dpi->lambda_tpl_parms;
+	dpi->lambda_tpl_parms = 0;
+	/* Hang any lambda head as-if template args.  */
+	dpt.template_decl = NULL;
+	dpt.next = dpi->templates;
+	dpi->templates = &dpt;
+	if (parms && parms->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_HEAD)
+	  {
+	    dpt.template_decl = parms;
+
+	    d_append_char (dpi, '<');
+	    struct demangle_component *parm;
+	    for (parm = d_left (parms); parm; parm = d_right (parm))
+	      {
+		if (dpi->lambda_tpl_parms++)
+		  d_append_string (dpi, ", ");
+		d_print_comp (dpi, options, parm);
+		d_append_char (dpi, ' ');
+		if (parm->type == DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PACK_PARM)
+		  parm = d_left (parm);
+		d_print_lambda_parm_name (dpi, parm->type,
+					  dpi->lambda_tpl_parms - 1);
+	      }
+	    d_append_char (dpi, '>');
+
+	    parms = d_right (parms);
+	  }
+	dpi->lambda_tpl_parms++;
+
+	d_append_char (dpi, '(');
+	d_print_comp (dpi, options, parms);
+	dpi->lambda_tpl_parms = saved_tpl_parms;
+	dpi->templates = dpt.next;
+	d_append_string (dpi, ")#");
+	d_append_num (dpi, dc->u.s_unary_num.num + 1);
+	d_append_char (dpi, '}');
+      }
       return;
 
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_UNNAMED_TYPE:
@@ -5683,6 +6209,45 @@ d_print_comp_inner (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options,
       d_append_char (dpi, ']');
       return;
 
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FRIEND:
+      d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc));
+      d_append_string (dpi, "[friend]");
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_HEAD:
+      {
+	d_append_char (dpi, '<');
+	int count = 0;
+	struct demangle_component *parm;
+	for (parm = d_left (dc); parm; parm = d_right (parm))
+	  {
+	    if (count++)
+	      d_append_string (dpi, ", ");
+	    d_print_comp (dpi, options, parm);
+	  }
+	d_append_char (dpi, '>');
+      }
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_TYPE_PARM:
+      d_append_string (dpi, "typename");
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_NON_TYPE_PARM:
+      d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc));
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_TEMPLATE_PARM:
+      d_append_string (dpi, "template");
+      d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc));
+      d_append_string (dpi, " class");
+      return;
+
+    case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PACK_PARM:
+      d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc));
+      d_append_string (dpi, "...");
+      return;
+
     default:
       d_print_error (dpi);
       return;
@@ -5913,10 +6478,10 @@ d_print_mod (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options,
       d_append_string (dpi, "&&");
       return;
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_COMPLEX:
-      d_append_string (dpi, "complex ");
+      d_append_string (dpi, " _Complex");
       return;
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_IMAGINARY:
-      d_append_string (dpi, "imaginary ");
+      d_append_string (dpi, " _Imaginary");
       return;
     case DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_PTRMEM_TYPE:
       if (d_last_char (dpi) != '(')
@@ -6112,32 +6677,10 @@ d_print_conversion (struct d_print_info *dpi, int options,
       dpt.template_decl = dpi->current_template;
     }
 
-  if (d_left (dc)->type != DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE)
-    {
-      d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc));
-      if (dpi->current_template != NULL)
-	dpi->templates = dpt.next;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (d_left (dc)));
-
-      /* For a templated cast operator, we need to remove the template
-	 parameters from scope after printing the operator name,
-	 so we need to handle the template printing here.  */
-      if (dpi->current_template != NULL)
-	dpi->templates = dpt.next;
+  d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_left (dc));
 
-      if (d_last_char (dpi) == '<')
-	d_append_char (dpi, ' ');
-      d_append_char (dpi, '<');
-      d_print_comp (dpi, options, d_right (d_left (dc)));
-      /* Avoid generating two consecutive '>' characters, to avoid
-	 the C++ syntactic ambiguity.  */
-      if (d_last_char (dpi) == '>')
-	d_append_char (dpi, ' ');
-      d_append_char (dpi, '>');
-    }
+  if (dpi->current_template != NULL)
+    dpi->templates = dpt.next;
 }
 
 /* Initialize the information structure we use to pass around
@@ -6154,13 +6697,13 @@ cplus_demangle_init_info (const char *mangled, int options, size_t len,
 
   di->n = mangled;
 
-  /* We can not need more components than twice the number of chars in
+  /* We cannot need more components than twice the number of chars in
      the mangled string.  Most components correspond directly to
      chars, but the ARGLIST types are exceptions.  */
   di->num_comps = 2 * len;
   di->next_comp = 0;
 
-  /* Similarly, we can not need more substitutions than there are
+  /* Similarly, we cannot need more substitutions than there are
      chars in the mangled string.  */
   di->num_subs = len;
   di->next_sub = 0;
@@ -6170,6 +6713,7 @@ cplus_demangle_init_info (const char *mangled, int options, size_t len,
   di->expansion = 0;
   di->is_expression = 0;
   di->is_conversion = 0;
+  di->recursion_level = 0;
 }
 
 /* Internal implementation for the demangler.  If MANGLED is a g++ v3 ABI
@@ -6207,8 +6751,25 @@ d_demangle_callback (const char *mangled, int options,
       type = DCT_TYPE;
     }
 
+  di.unresolved_name_state = 1;
+
+ again:
   cplus_demangle_init_info (mangled, options, strlen (mangled), &di);
 
+  /* PR 87675 - Check for a mangled string that is so long
+     that we do not have enough stack space to demangle it.  */
+  if (((options & DMGL_NO_RECURSE_LIMIT) == 0)
+      /* This check is a bit arbitrary, since what we really want to do is to
+	 compare the sizes of the di.comps and di.subs arrays against the
+	 amount of stack space remaining.  But there is no portable way to do
+	 this, so instead we use the recursion limit as a guide to the maximum
+	 size of the arrays.  */
+      && (unsigned long) di.num_comps > DEMANGLE_RECURSION_LIMIT)
+    {
+      /* FIXME: We need a way to indicate that a stack limit has been reached.  */
+      return 0;
+    }
+
   {
 #ifdef CP_DYNAMIC_ARRAYS
     __extension__ struct demangle_component comps[di.num_comps];
@@ -6251,6 +6812,13 @@ d_demangle_callback (const char *mangled, int options,
     if (((options & DMGL_PARAMS) != 0) && d_peek_char (&di) != '\0')
       dc = NULL;
 
+    /* See discussion in d_unresolved_name.  */
+    if (dc == NULL && di.unresolved_name_state == -1)
+      {
+	di.unresolved_name_state = 0;
+	goto again;
+      }
+
 #ifdef CP_DEMANGLE_DEBUG
     d_dump (dc, 0);
 #endif
diff --git a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/cp-demangle.h b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/cp-demangle.h
index d4a4ab6..8563f91 100644
--- a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/cp-demangle.h
+++ b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/cp-demangle.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Internal demangler interface for g++ V3 ABI.
-   Copyright (C) 2003-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@wasabisystems.com>.
 
    This file is part of the libiberty library, which is part of GCC.
@@ -122,6 +122,13 @@ struct d_info
   /* Non-zero if we are parsing the type operand of a conversion
      operator, but not when in an expression.  */
   int is_conversion;
+  /*  1: using new unresolved-name grammar.
+     -1: using new unresolved-name grammar and saw an unresolved-name.
+      0: using old unresolved-name grammar.  */
+  int unresolved_name_state;
+  /* If DMGL_NO_RECURSE_LIMIT is not active then this is set to
+     the current recursion level.  */
+  unsigned int recursion_level;
 };
 
 /* To avoid running past the ending '\0', don't:
@@ -173,7 +180,7 @@ d_advance (struct d_info *di, int i)
 extern const struct demangle_operator_info cplus_demangle_operators[];
 #endif
 
-#define D_BUILTIN_TYPE_COUNT (33)
+#define D_BUILTIN_TYPE_COUNT (36)
 
 CP_STATIC_IF_GLIBCPP_V3
 const struct demangle_builtin_type_info
diff --git a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/cplus-dem.c b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/cplus-dem.c
index 81c17a3..9d499d6 100644
--- a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/cplus-dem.c
+++ b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/cplus-dem.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Demangler for GNU C++
-   Copyright (C) 1989-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.uucp)
    Rewritten by Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) for ARM and Lucid demangling
    Modified by Satish Pai (pai@apollo.hp.com) for HP demangling
@@ -29,12 +29,6 @@ License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
 not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
 
-/* This file exports two functions; cplus_mangle_opname and cplus_demangle.
-
-   This file imports xmalloc and xrealloc, which are like malloc and
-   realloc except that they generate a fatal error if there is no
-   available memory.  */
-
 /* This file lives in both GCC and libiberty.  When making changes, please
    try not to break either.  */
 
@@ -44,9 +38,7 @@ Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
 
 #include "safe-ctype.h"
 
-#include <sys/types.h>
 #include <string.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
 
 #ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
 #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -55,204 +47,14 @@ void * malloc ();
 void * realloc ();
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
-#include <limits.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef INT_MAX
-# define INT_MAX       (int)(((unsigned int) ~0) >> 1)          /* 0x7FFFFFFF */ 
-#endif
-
 #include <demangle.h>
 #undef CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE
-#define CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE work->options
+#define CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE options
 
 #include "libiberty.h"
 
-#define min(X,Y) (((X) < (Y)) ? (X) : (Y))
-
-/* A value at least one greater than the maximum number of characters
-   that will be output when using the `%d' format with `printf'.  */
-#define INTBUF_SIZE 32
-
-extern void fancy_abort (void) ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN;
-
-/* In order to allow a single demangler executable to demangle strings
-   using various common values of CPLUS_MARKER, as well as any specific
-   one set at compile time, we maintain a string containing all the
-   commonly used ones, and check to see if the marker we are looking for
-   is in that string.  CPLUS_MARKER is usually '$' on systems where the
-   assembler can deal with that.  Where the assembler can't, it's usually
-   '.' (but on many systems '.' is used for other things).  We put the
-   current defined CPLUS_MARKER first (which defaults to '$'), followed
-   by the next most common value, followed by an explicit '$' in case
-   the value of CPLUS_MARKER is not '$'.
-
-   We could avoid this if we could just get g++ to tell us what the actual
-   cplus marker character is as part of the debug information, perhaps by
-   ensuring that it is the character that terminates the gcc<n>_compiled
-   marker symbol (FIXME).  */
-
-#if !defined (CPLUS_MARKER)
-#define CPLUS_MARKER '$'
-#endif
-
 enum demangling_styles current_demangling_style = auto_demangling;
 
-static char cplus_markers[] = { CPLUS_MARKER, '.', '$', '\0' };
-
-static char char_str[2] = { '\000', '\000' };
-
-void
-set_cplus_marker_for_demangling (int ch)
-{
-  cplus_markers[0] = ch;
-}
-
-typedef struct string		/* Beware: these aren't required to be */
-{				/*  '\0' terminated.  */
-  char *b;			/* pointer to start of string */
-  char *p;			/* pointer after last character */
-  char *e;			/* pointer after end of allocated space */
-} string;
-
-/* Stuff that is shared between sub-routines.
-   Using a shared structure allows cplus_demangle to be reentrant.  */
-
-struct work_stuff
-{
-  int options;
-  char **typevec;
-  char **ktypevec;
-  char **btypevec;
-  int numk;
-  int numb;
-  int ksize;
-  int bsize;
-  int ntypes;
-  int typevec_size;
-  int constructor;
-  int destructor;
-  int static_type;	/* A static member function */
-  int temp_start;       /* index in demangled to start of template args */
-  int type_quals;       /* The type qualifiers.  */
-  int dllimported;	/* Symbol imported from a PE DLL */
-  char **tmpl_argvec;   /* Template function arguments. */
-  int ntmpl_args;       /* The number of template function arguments. */
-  int forgetting_types; /* Nonzero if we are not remembering the types
-			   we see.  */
-  string* previous_argument; /* The last function argument demangled.  */
-  int nrepeats;         /* The number of times to repeat the previous
-			   argument.  */
-  int *proctypevec;     /* Indices of currently processed remembered typevecs.  */
-  int proctypevec_size;
-  int nproctypes;
-};
-
-#define PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS (work -> options & DMGL_ANSI)
-#define PRINT_ARG_TYPES       (work -> options & DMGL_PARAMS)
-
-static const struct optable
-{
-  const char *const in;
-  const char *const out;
-  const int flags;
-} optable[] = {
-  {"nw",	  " new",	DMGL_ANSI},	/* new (1.92,	 ansi) */
-  {"dl",	  " delete",	DMGL_ANSI},	/* new (1.92,	 ansi) */
-  {"new",	  " new",	0},		/* old (1.91,	 and 1.x) */
-  {"delete",	  " delete",	0},		/* old (1.91,	 and 1.x) */
-  {"vn",	  " new []",	DMGL_ANSI},	/* GNU, pending ansi */
-  {"vd",	  " delete []",	DMGL_ANSI},	/* GNU, pending ansi */
-  {"as",	  "=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"ne",	  "!=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* old, ansi */
-  {"eq",	  "==",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* old,	ansi */
-  {"ge",	  ">=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* old,	ansi */
-  {"gt",	  ">",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* old,	ansi */
-  {"le",	  "<=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* old,	ansi */
-  {"lt",	  "<",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* old,	ansi */
-  {"plus",	  "+",		0},		/* old */
-  {"pl",	  "+",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"apl",	  "+=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"minus",	  "-",		0},		/* old */
-  {"mi",	  "-",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"ami",	  "-=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"mult",	  "*",		0},		/* old */
-  {"ml",	  "*",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"amu",	  "*=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi (ARM/Lucid) */
-  {"aml",	  "*=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi (GNU/g++) */
-  {"convert",	  "+",		0},		/* old (unary +) */
-  {"negate",	  "-",		0},		/* old (unary -) */
-  {"trunc_mod",	  "%",		0},		/* old */
-  {"md",	  "%",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"amd",	  "%=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"trunc_div",	  "/",		0},		/* old */
-  {"dv",	  "/",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"adv",	  "/=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"truth_andif", "&&",		0},		/* old */
-  {"aa",	  "&&",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"truth_orif",  "||",		0},		/* old */
-  {"oo",	  "||",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"truth_not",	  "!",		0},		/* old */
-  {"nt",	  "!",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"postincrement","++",	0},		/* old */
-  {"pp",	  "++",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"postdecrement","--",	0},		/* old */
-  {"mm",	  "--",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"bit_ior",	  "|",		0},		/* old */
-  {"or",	  "|",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"aor",	  "|=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"bit_xor",	  "^",		0},		/* old */
-  {"er",	  "^",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"aer",	  "^=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"bit_and",	  "&",		0},		/* old */
-  {"ad",	  "&",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"aad",	  "&=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"bit_not",	  "~",		0},		/* old */
-  {"co",	  "~",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"call",	  "()",		0},		/* old */
-  {"cl",	  "()",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"alshift",	  "<<",		0},		/* old */
-  {"ls",	  "<<",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"als",	  "<<=",	DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"arshift",	  ">>",		0},		/* old */
-  {"rs",	  ">>",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"ars",	  ">>=",	DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"component",	  "->",		0},		/* old */
-  {"pt",	  "->",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi; Lucid C++ form */
-  {"rf",	  "->",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi; ARM/GNU form */
-  {"indirect",	  "*",		0},		/* old */
-  {"method_call",  "->()",	0},		/* old */
-  {"addr",	  "&",		0},		/* old (unary &) */
-  {"array",	  "[]",		0},		/* old */
-  {"vc",	  "[]",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"compound",	  ", ",		0},		/* old */
-  {"cm",	  ", ",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"cond",	  "?:",		0},		/* old */
-  {"cn",	  "?:",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* pseudo-ansi */
-  {"max",	  ">?",		0},		/* old */
-  {"mx",	  ">?",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* pseudo-ansi */
-  {"min",	  "<?",		0},		/* old */
-  {"mn",	  "<?",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* pseudo-ansi */
-  {"nop",	  "",		0},		/* old (for operator=) */
-  {"rm",	  "->*",	DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
-  {"sz",          "sizeof ",    DMGL_ANSI}      /* pseudo-ansi */
-};
-
-/* These values are used to indicate the various type varieties.
-   They are all non-zero so that they can be used as `success'
-   values.  */
-typedef enum type_kind_t
-{
-  tk_none,
-  tk_pointer,
-  tk_reference,
-  tk_rvalue_reference,
-  tk_integral,
-  tk_bool,
-  tk_char,
-  tk_real
-} type_kind_t;
-
 const struct demangler_engine libiberty_demanglers[] =
 {
   {
@@ -268,39 +70,9 @@ const struct demangler_engine libiberty_demanglers[] =
   }
   ,
   {
-    GNU_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING,
-      gnu_demangling,
-      "GNU (g++) style demangling"
-  }
-  ,
-  {
-    LUCID_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING,
-      lucid_demangling,
-      "Lucid (lcc) style demangling"
-  }
-  ,
-  {
-    ARM_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING,
-      arm_demangling,
-      "ARM style demangling"
-  }
-  ,
-  {
-    HP_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING,
-      hp_demangling,
-      "HP (aCC) style demangling"
-  }
-  ,
-  {
-    EDG_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING,
-      edg_demangling,
-      "EDG style demangling"
-  }
-  ,
-  {
     GNU_V3_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING,
     gnu_v3_demangling,
-    "GNU (g++) V3 ABI-style demangling"
+    "GNU (g++) V3 (Itanium C++ ABI) style demangling"
   }
   ,
   {
@@ -332,474 +104,6 @@ const struct demangler_engine libiberty_demanglers[] =
   }
 };
 
-#define STRING_EMPTY(str)	((str) -> b == (str) -> p)
-#define APPEND_BLANK(str)	{if (!STRING_EMPTY(str)) \
-    string_append(str, " ");}
-#define LEN_STRING(str)         ( (STRING_EMPTY(str))?0:((str)->p - (str)->b))
-
-/* The scope separator appropriate for the language being demangled.  */
-
-#define SCOPE_STRING(work) ((work->options & DMGL_JAVA) ? "." : "::")
-
-#define ARM_VTABLE_STRING "__vtbl__"	/* Lucid/ARM virtual table prefix */
-#define ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN 8		/* strlen (ARM_VTABLE_STRING) */
-
-/* Prototypes for local functions */
-
-static void delete_work_stuff (struct work_stuff *);
-
-static void delete_non_B_K_work_stuff (struct work_stuff *);
-
-static char *mop_up (struct work_stuff *, string *, int);
-
-static void squangle_mop_up (struct work_stuff *);
-
-static void work_stuff_copy_to_from (struct work_stuff *, struct work_stuff *);
-
-#if 0
-static int
-demangle_method_args (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *);
-#endif
-
-static char *
-internal_cplus_demangle (struct work_stuff *, const char *);
-
-static int
-demangle_template_template_parm (struct work_stuff *work,
-                                 const char **, string *);
-
-static int
-demangle_template (struct work_stuff *work, const char **, string *,
-                   string *, int, int);
-
-static int
-arm_pt (struct work_stuff *, const char *, int, const char **,
-        const char **);
-
-static int
-demangle_class_name (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *);
-
-static int
-demangle_qualified (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *,
-                    int, int);
-
-static int demangle_class (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *);
-
-static int demangle_fund_type (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *);
-
-static int demangle_signature (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *);
-
-static int demangle_prefix (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *);
-
-static int gnu_special (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *);
-
-static int arm_special (const char **, string *);
-
-static void string_need (string *, int);
-
-static void string_delete (string *);
-
-static void
-string_init (string *);
-
-static void string_clear (string *);
-
-#if 0
-static int string_empty (string *);
-#endif
-
-static void string_append (string *, const char *);
-
-static void string_appends (string *, string *);
-
-static void string_appendn (string *, const char *, int);
-
-static void string_prepend (string *, const char *);
-
-static void string_prependn (string *, const char *, int);
-
-static void string_append_template_idx (string *, int);
-
-static int get_count (const char **, int *);
-
-static int consume_count (const char **);
-
-static int consume_count_with_underscores (const char**);
-
-static int demangle_args (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *);
-
-static int demangle_nested_args (struct work_stuff*, const char**, string*);
-
-static int do_type (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *);
-
-static int do_arg (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *);
-
-static int
-demangle_function_name (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *,
-                        const char *);
-
-static int
-iterate_demangle_function (struct work_stuff *,
-                           const char **, string *, const char *);
-
-static void remember_type (struct work_stuff *, const char *, int);
-
-static void push_processed_type (struct work_stuff *, int);
-
-static void pop_processed_type (struct work_stuff *);
-
-static void remember_Btype (struct work_stuff *, const char *, int, int);
-
-static int register_Btype (struct work_stuff *);
-
-static void remember_Ktype (struct work_stuff *, const char *, int);
-
-static void forget_types (struct work_stuff *);
-
-static void forget_B_and_K_types (struct work_stuff *);
-
-static void string_prepends (string *, string *);
-
-static int
-demangle_template_value_parm (struct work_stuff*, const char**,
-                              string*, type_kind_t);
-
-static int
-do_hpacc_template_const_value (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *);
-
-static int
-do_hpacc_template_literal (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *);
-
-static int snarf_numeric_literal (const char **, string *);
-
-/* There is a TYPE_QUAL value for each type qualifier.  They can be
-   combined by bitwise-or to form the complete set of qualifiers for a
-   type.  */
-
-#define TYPE_UNQUALIFIED   0x0
-#define TYPE_QUAL_CONST    0x1
-#define TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE 0x2
-#define TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT 0x4
-
-static int code_for_qualifier (int);
-
-static const char* qualifier_string (int);
-
-static const char* demangle_qualifier (int);
-
-static int demangle_expression (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *, 
-                                type_kind_t);
-
-static int
-demangle_integral_value (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *);
-
-static int
-demangle_real_value (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *);
-
-static void
-demangle_arm_hp_template (struct work_stuff *, const char **, int, string *);
-
-static void
-recursively_demangle (struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *, int);
-
-/* Translate count to integer, consuming tokens in the process.
-   Conversion terminates on the first non-digit character.
-
-   Trying to consume something that isn't a count results in no
-   consumption of input and a return of -1.
-
-   Overflow consumes the rest of the digits, and returns -1.  */
-
-static int
-consume_count (const char **type)
-{
-  int count = 0;
-
-  if (! ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**type))
-    return -1;
-
-  while (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**type))
-    {
-      const int digit = **type - '0';
-      /* Check for overflow.  */
-      if (count > ((INT_MAX - digit) / 10))
-	{
-	  while (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char) **type))
-	    (*type)++;
-	  return -1;
-	}
-
-      count *= 10;
-      count += digit;
-      (*type)++;
-    }
-
-  if (count < 0)
-    count = -1;
-
-  return (count);
-}
-
-
-/* Like consume_count, but for counts that are preceded and followed
-   by '_' if they are greater than 10.  Also, -1 is returned for
-   failure, since 0 can be a valid value.  */
-
-static int
-consume_count_with_underscores (const char **mangled)
-{
-  int idx;
-
-  if (**mangled == '_')
-    {
-      (*mangled)++;
-      if (!ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**mangled))
-	return -1;
-
-      idx = consume_count (mangled);
-      if (**mangled != '_')
-	/* The trailing underscore was missing. */
-	return -1;
-
-      (*mangled)++;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      if (**mangled < '0' || **mangled > '9')
-	return -1;
-
-      idx = **mangled - '0';
-      (*mangled)++;
-    }
-
-  return idx;
-}
-
-/* C is the code for a type-qualifier.  Return the TYPE_QUAL
-   corresponding to this qualifier.  */
-
-static int
-code_for_qualifier (int c)
-{
-  switch (c)
-    {
-    case 'C':
-      return TYPE_QUAL_CONST;
-
-    case 'V':
-      return TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE;
-
-    case 'u':
-      return TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT;
-
-    default:
-      break;
-    }
-
-  /* C was an invalid qualifier.  */
-  abort ();
-}
-
-/* Return the string corresponding to the qualifiers given by
-   TYPE_QUALS.  */
-
-static const char*
-qualifier_string (int type_quals)
-{
-  switch (type_quals)
-    {
-    case TYPE_UNQUALIFIED:
-      return "";
-
-    case TYPE_QUAL_CONST:
-      return "const";
-
-    case TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE:
-      return "volatile";
-
-    case TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT:
-      return "__restrict";
-
-    case TYPE_QUAL_CONST | TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE:
-      return "const volatile";
-
-    case TYPE_QUAL_CONST | TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT:
-      return "const __restrict";
-
-    case TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE | TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT:
-      return "volatile __restrict";
-
-    case TYPE_QUAL_CONST | TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE | TYPE_QUAL_RESTRICT:
-      return "const volatile __restrict";
-
-    default:
-      break;
-    }
-
-  /* TYPE_QUALS was an invalid qualifier set.  */
-  abort ();
-}
-
-/* C is the code for a type-qualifier.  Return the string
-   corresponding to this qualifier.  This function should only be
-   called with a valid qualifier code.  */
-
-static const char*
-demangle_qualifier (int c)
-{
-  return qualifier_string (code_for_qualifier (c));
-}
-
-int
-cplus_demangle_opname (const char *opname, char *result, int options)
-{
-  int len, len1, ret;
-  string type;
-  struct work_stuff work[1];
-  const char *tem;
-
-  len = strlen(opname);
-  result[0] = '\0';
-  ret = 0;
-  memset ((char *) work, 0, sizeof (work));
-  work->options = options;
-
-  if (opname[0] == '_' && opname[1] == '_'
-      && opname[2] == 'o' && opname[3] == 'p')
-    {
-      /* ANSI.  */
-      /* type conversion operator.  */
-      tem = opname + 4;
-      if (do_type (work, &tem, &type))
-	{
-	  strcat (result, "operator ");
-	  strncat (result, type.b, type.p - type.b);
-	  string_delete (&type);
-	  ret = 1;
-	}
-    }
-  else if (opname[0] == '_' && opname[1] == '_'
-	   && ISLOWER((unsigned char)opname[2])
-	   && ISLOWER((unsigned char)opname[3]))
-    {
-      if (opname[4] == '\0')
-	{
-	  /* Operator.  */
-	  size_t i;
-	  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); i++)
-	    {
-	      if (strlen (optable[i].in) == 2
-		  && memcmp (optable[i].in, opname + 2, 2) == 0)
-		{
-		  strcat (result, "operator");
-		  strcat (result, optable[i].out);
-		  ret = 1;
-		  break;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  if (opname[2] == 'a' && opname[5] == '\0')
-	    {
-	      /* Assignment.  */
-	      size_t i;
-	      for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); i++)
-		{
-		  if (strlen (optable[i].in) == 3
-		      && memcmp (optable[i].in, opname + 2, 3) == 0)
-		    {
-		      strcat (result, "operator");
-		      strcat (result, optable[i].out);
-		      ret = 1;
-		      break;
-		    }
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-  else if (len >= 3
-	   && opname[0] == 'o'
-	   && opname[1] == 'p'
-	   && strchr (cplus_markers, opname[2]) != NULL)
-    {
-      /* see if it's an assignment expression */
-      if (len >= 10 /* op$assign_ */
-	  && memcmp (opname + 3, "assign_", 7) == 0)
-	{
-	  size_t i;
-	  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); i++)
-	    {
-	      len1 = len - 10;
-	      if ((int) strlen (optable[i].in) == len1
-		  && memcmp (optable[i].in, opname + 10, len1) == 0)
-		{
-		  strcat (result, "operator");
-		  strcat (result, optable[i].out);
-		  strcat (result, "=");
-		  ret = 1;
-		  break;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  size_t i;
-	  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); i++)
-	    {
-	      len1 = len - 3;
-	      if ((int) strlen (optable[i].in) == len1
-		  && memcmp (optable[i].in, opname + 3, len1) == 0)
-		{
-		  strcat (result, "operator");
-		  strcat (result, optable[i].out);
-		  ret = 1;
-		  break;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-  else if (len >= 5 && memcmp (opname, "type", 4) == 0
-	   && strchr (cplus_markers, opname[4]) != NULL)
-    {
-      /* type conversion operator */
-      tem = opname + 5;
-      if (do_type (work, &tem, &type))
-	{
-	  strcat (result, "operator ");
-	  strncat (result, type.b, type.p - type.b);
-	  string_delete (&type);
-	  ret = 1;
-	}
-    }
-  squangle_mop_up (work);
-  return ret;
-
-}
-
-/* Takes operator name as e.g. "++" and returns mangled
-   operator name (e.g. "postincrement_expr"), or NULL if not found.
-
-   If OPTIONS & DMGL_ANSI == 1, return the ANSI name;
-   if OPTIONS & DMGL_ANSI == 0, return the old GNU name.  */
-
-const char *
-cplus_mangle_opname (const char *opname, int options)
-{
-  size_t i;
-  int len;
-
-  len = strlen (opname);
-  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); i++)
-    {
-      if ((int) strlen (optable[i].out) == len
-	  && (options & DMGL_ANSI) == (optable[i].flags & DMGL_ANSI)
-	  && memcmp (optable[i].out, opname, len) == 0)
-	return optable[i].in;
-    }
-  return (0);
-}
-
 /* Add a routine to set the demangling style to be sure it is valid and
    allow for any demangler initialization that maybe necessary. */
 
@@ -840,22 +144,6 @@ cplus_demangle_name_to_style (const char *name)
    It is the caller's responsibility to free the string which
    is returned.
 
-   The OPTIONS arg may contain one or more of the following bits:
-
-   	DMGL_ANSI	ANSI qualifiers such as `const' and `void' are
-			included.
-	DMGL_PARAMS	Function parameters are included.
-
-   For example,
-
-   cplus_demangle ("foo__1Ai", DMGL_PARAMS)		=> "A::foo(int)"
-   cplus_demangle ("foo__1Ai", DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI)	=> "A::foo(int)"
-   cplus_demangle ("foo__1Ai", 0)			=> "A::foo"
-
-   cplus_demangle ("foo__1Afe", DMGL_PARAMS)		=> "A::foo(float,...)"
-   cplus_demangle ("foo__1Afe", DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI)=> "A::foo(float,...)"
-   cplus_demangle ("foo__1Afe", 0)			=> "A::foo"
-
    Note that any leading underscores, or other such characters prepended by
    the compilation system, are presumed to have already been stripped from
    MANGLED.  */
@@ -864,37 +152,27 @@ char *
 cplus_demangle (const char *mangled, int options)
 {
   char *ret;
-  struct work_stuff work[1];
 
   if (current_demangling_style == no_demangling)
     return xstrdup (mangled);
 
-  memset ((char *) work, 0, sizeof (work));
-  work->options = options;
-  if ((work->options & DMGL_STYLE_MASK) == 0)
-    work->options |= (int) current_demangling_style & DMGL_STYLE_MASK;
+  if ((options & DMGL_STYLE_MASK) == 0)
+    options |= (int) current_demangling_style & DMGL_STYLE_MASK;
 
-  /* The V3 ABI demangling is implemented elsewhere.  */
-  if (GNU_V3_DEMANGLING || RUST_DEMANGLING || AUTO_DEMANGLING)
+  /* The Rust demangling is implemented elsewhere.
+     Legacy Rust symbols overlap with GNU_V3, so try Rust first.  */
+  if (RUST_DEMANGLING || AUTO_DEMANGLING)
     {
-      ret = cplus_demangle_v3 (mangled, work->options);
-      if (GNU_V3_DEMANGLING)
-	return ret;
-
-      if (ret)
-	{
-	  /* Rust symbols are GNU_V3 mangled plus some extra subtitutions.
-	     The subtitutions are always smaller, so do in place changes.  */
-	  if (rust_is_mangled (ret))
-	    rust_demangle_sym (ret);
-	  else if (RUST_DEMANGLING)
-	    {
-	      free (ret);
-	      ret = NULL;
-	    }
-	}
-
+      ret = rust_demangle (mangled, options);
       if (ret || RUST_DEMANGLING)
+        return ret;
+    }
+
+  /* The V3 ABI demangling is implemented elsewhere.  */
+  if (GNU_V3_DEMANGLING || AUTO_DEMANGLING)
+    {
+      ret = cplus_demangle_v3 (mangled, options);
+      if (ret || GNU_V3_DEMANGLING)
 	return ret;
     }
 
@@ -915,32 +193,9 @@ cplus_demangle (const char *mangled, int options)
 	return ret;
     }
 
-  ret = internal_cplus_demangle (work, mangled);
-  squangle_mop_up (work);
   return (ret);
 }
 
-char *
-rust_demangle (const char *mangled, int options)
-{
-  /* Rust symbols are GNU_V3 mangled plus some extra subtitutions.  */
-  char *ret = cplus_demangle_v3 (mangled, options);
-
-  /* The Rust subtitutions are always smaller, so do in place changes.  */
-  if (ret != NULL)
-    {
-      if (rust_is_mangled (ret))
-	rust_demangle_sym (ret);
-      else
-	{
-	  free (ret);
-	  ret = NULL;
-	}
-    }
-
-  return ret;
-}
-
 /* Demangle ada names.  The encoding is documented in gcc/ada/exp_dbug.ads.  */
 
 char *
@@ -1205,3828 +460,3 @@ ada_demangle (const char *mangled, int option ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
 
   return demangled;
 }
-
-/* This function performs most of what cplus_demangle use to do, but
-   to be able to demangle a name with a B, K or n code, we need to
-   have a longer term memory of what types have been seen. The original
-   now initializes and cleans up the squangle code info, while internal
-   calls go directly to this routine to avoid resetting that info. */
-
-static char *
-internal_cplus_demangle (struct work_stuff *work, const char *mangled)
-{
-
-  string decl;
-  int success = 0;
-  char *demangled = NULL;
-  int s1, s2, s3, s4;
-  s1 = work->constructor;
-  s2 = work->destructor;
-  s3 = work->static_type;
-  s4 = work->type_quals;
-  work->constructor = work->destructor = 0;
-  work->type_quals = TYPE_UNQUALIFIED;
-  work->dllimported = 0;
-
-  if ((mangled != NULL) && (*mangled != '\0'))
-    {
-      string_init (&decl);
-
-      /* First check to see if gnu style demangling is active and if the
-	 string to be demangled contains a CPLUS_MARKER.  If so, attempt to
-	 recognize one of the gnu special forms rather than looking for a
-	 standard prefix.  In particular, don't worry about whether there
-	 is a "__" string in the mangled string.  Consider "_$_5__foo" for
-	 example.  */
-
-      if ((AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING))
-	{
-	  success = gnu_special (work, &mangled, &decl);
-	  if (!success)
-	    {
-	      delete_work_stuff (work);
-	      string_delete (&decl);
-	    }
-	}
-      if (!success)
-	{
-	  success = demangle_prefix (work, &mangled, &decl);
-	}
-      if (success && (*mangled != '\0'))
-	{
-	  success = demangle_signature (work, &mangled, &decl);
-	}
-      if (work->constructor == 2)
-        {
-          string_prepend (&decl, "global constructors keyed to ");
-          work->constructor = 0;
-        }
-      else if (work->destructor == 2)
-        {
-          string_prepend (&decl, "global destructors keyed to ");
-          work->destructor = 0;
-        }
-      else if (work->dllimported == 1)
-        {
-          string_prepend (&decl, "import stub for ");
-          work->dllimported = 0;
-        }
-      demangled = mop_up (work, &decl, success);
-    }
-  work->constructor = s1;
-  work->destructor = s2;
-  work->static_type = s3;
-  work->type_quals = s4;
-  return demangled;
-}
-
-
-/* Clear out and squangling related storage */
-static void
-squangle_mop_up (struct work_stuff *work)
-{
-  /* clean up the B and K type mangling types. */
-  forget_B_and_K_types (work);
-  if (work -> btypevec != NULL)
-    {
-      free ((char *) work -> btypevec);
-      work->btypevec = NULL;
-      work->bsize = 0;
-    }
-  if (work -> ktypevec != NULL)
-    {
-      free ((char *) work -> ktypevec);
-      work->ktypevec = NULL;
-      work->ksize = 0;
-    }
-}
-
-
-/* Copy the work state and storage.  */
-
-static void
-work_stuff_copy_to_from (struct work_stuff *to, struct work_stuff *from)
-{
-  int i;
-
-  delete_work_stuff (to);
-
-  /* Shallow-copy scalars.  */
-  memcpy (to, from, sizeof (*to));
-
-  /* Deep-copy dynamic storage.  */
-  if (from->typevec_size)
-    to->typevec = XNEWVEC (char *, from->typevec_size);
-
-  for (i = 0; i < from->ntypes; i++)
-    {
-      int len = strlen (from->typevec[i]) + 1;
-
-      to->typevec[i] = XNEWVEC (char, len);
-      memcpy (to->typevec[i], from->typevec[i], len);
-    }
-
-  if (from->ksize)
-    to->ktypevec = XNEWVEC (char *, from->ksize);
-
-  for (i = 0; i < from->numk; i++)
-    {
-      int len = strlen (from->ktypevec[i]) + 1;
-
-      to->ktypevec[i] = XNEWVEC (char, len);
-      memcpy (to->ktypevec[i], from->ktypevec[i], len);
-    }
-
-  if (from->bsize)
-    to->btypevec = XNEWVEC (char *, from->bsize);
-
-  for (i = 0; i < from->numb; i++)
-    {
-      int len = strlen (from->btypevec[i]) + 1;
-
-      to->btypevec[i] = XNEWVEC (char , len);
-      memcpy (to->btypevec[i], from->btypevec[i], len);
-    }
-
-  if (from->proctypevec)
-    to->proctypevec =
-      XDUPVEC (int, from->proctypevec, from->proctypevec_size);
-
-  if (from->ntmpl_args)
-    to->tmpl_argvec = XNEWVEC (char *, from->ntmpl_args);
-
-  for (i = 0; i < from->ntmpl_args; i++)
-    {
-      int len = strlen (from->tmpl_argvec[i]) + 1;
-
-      to->tmpl_argvec[i] = XNEWVEC (char, len);
-      memcpy (to->tmpl_argvec[i], from->tmpl_argvec[i], len);
-    }
-
-  if (from->previous_argument)
-    {
-      to->previous_argument = XNEW (string);
-      string_init (to->previous_argument);
-      string_appends (to->previous_argument, from->previous_argument);
-    }
-}
-
-
-/* Delete dynamic stuff in work_stuff that is not to be re-used.  */
-
-static void
-delete_non_B_K_work_stuff (struct work_stuff *work)
-{
-  /* Discard the remembered types, if any.  */
-
-  forget_types (work);
-  if (work->typevec != NULL)
-    {
-      free ((char *) work->typevec);
-      work->typevec = NULL;
-      work->typevec_size = 0;
-    }
-  if (work->proctypevec != NULL)
-    {
-      free (work->proctypevec);
-      work->proctypevec = NULL;
-      work->proctypevec_size = 0;
-    }
-  if (work->tmpl_argvec)
-    {
-      int i;
-
-      for (i = 0; i < work->ntmpl_args; i++)
-	free ((char*) work->tmpl_argvec[i]);
-
-      free ((char*) work->tmpl_argvec);
-      work->tmpl_argvec = NULL;
-    }
-  if (work->previous_argument)
-    {
-      string_delete (work->previous_argument);
-      free ((char*) work->previous_argument);
-      work->previous_argument = NULL;
-    }
-}
-
-
-/* Delete all dynamic storage in work_stuff.  */
-static void
-delete_work_stuff (struct work_stuff *work)
-{
-  delete_non_B_K_work_stuff (work);
-  squangle_mop_up (work);
-}
-
-
-/* Clear out any mangled storage */
-
-static char *
-mop_up (struct work_stuff *work, string *declp, int success)
-{
-  char *demangled = NULL;
-
-  delete_non_B_K_work_stuff (work);
-
-  /* If demangling was successful, ensure that the demangled string is null
-     terminated and return it.  Otherwise, free the demangling decl.  */
-
-  if (!success)
-    {
-      string_delete (declp);
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      string_appendn (declp, "", 1);
-      demangled = declp->b;
-    }
-  return (demangled);
-}
-
-/*
-
-LOCAL FUNCTION
-
-	demangle_signature -- demangle the signature part of a mangled name
-
-SYNOPSIS
-
-	static int
-	demangle_signature (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
-			    string *declp);
-
-DESCRIPTION
-
-	Consume and demangle the signature portion of the mangled name.
-
-	DECLP is the string where demangled output is being built.  At
-	entry it contains the demangled root name from the mangled name
-	prefix.  I.E. either a demangled operator name or the root function
-	name.  In some special cases, it may contain nothing.
-
-	*MANGLED points to the current unconsumed location in the mangled
-	name.  As tokens are consumed and demangling is performed, the
-	pointer is updated to continuously point at the next token to
-	be consumed.
-
-	Demangling GNU style mangled names is nasty because there is no
-	explicit token that marks the start of the outermost function
-	argument list.  */
-
-static int
-demangle_signature (struct work_stuff *work,
-                    const char **mangled, string *declp)
-{
-  int success = 1;
-  int func_done = 0;
-  int expect_func = 0;
-  int expect_return_type = 0;
-  const char *oldmangled = NULL;
-  string trawname;
-  string tname;
-
-  while (success && (**mangled != '\0'))
-    {
-      switch (**mangled)
-	{
-	case 'Q':
-	  oldmangled = *mangled;
-	  success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 1, 0);
-	  if (success)
-	    remember_type (work, oldmangled, *mangled - oldmangled);
-	  if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING)
-	    expect_func = 1;
-	  oldmangled = NULL;
-	  break;
-
-        case 'K':
-	  oldmangled = *mangled;
-	  success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 1, 0);
-	  if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING)
-	    {
-	      expect_func = 1;
-	    }
-	  oldmangled = NULL;
-	  break;
-
-	case 'S':
-	  /* Static member function */
-	  if (oldmangled == NULL)
-	    {
-	      oldmangled = *mangled;
-	    }
-	  (*mangled)++;
-	  work -> static_type = 1;
-	  break;
-
-	case 'C':
-	case 'V':
-	case 'u':
-	  work->type_quals |= code_for_qualifier (**mangled);
-
-	  /* a qualified member function */
-	  if (oldmangled == NULL)
-	    oldmangled = *mangled;
-	  (*mangled)++;
-	  break;
-
-	case 'L':
-	  /* Local class name follows after "Lnnn_" */
-	  if (HP_DEMANGLING)
-	    {
-	      while (**mangled && (**mangled != '_'))
-		(*mangled)++;
-	      if (!**mangled)
-		success = 0;
-	      else
-		(*mangled)++;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    success = 0;
-	  break;
-
-	case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
-	case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
-	  if (oldmangled == NULL)
-	    {
-	      oldmangled = *mangled;
-	    }
-          work->temp_start = -1; /* uppermost call to demangle_class */
-	  success = demangle_class (work, mangled, declp);
-	  if (success)
-	    {
-	      remember_type (work, oldmangled, *mangled - oldmangled);
-	    }
-	  if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING)
-	    {
-              /* EDG and others will have the "F", so we let the loop cycle
-                 if we are looking at one. */
-              if (**mangled != 'F')
-                 expect_func = 1;
-	    }
-	  oldmangled = NULL;
-	  break;
-
-	case 'B':
-	  {
-	    string s;
-	    success = do_type (work, mangled, &s);
-	    if (success)
-	      {
-		string_append (&s, SCOPE_STRING (work));
-		string_prepends (declp, &s);
-		string_delete (&s);
-	      }
-	    oldmangled = NULL;
-	    expect_func = 1;
-	  }
-	  break;
-
-	case 'F':
-	  /* Function */
-	  /* ARM/HP style demangling includes a specific 'F' character after
-	     the class name.  For GNU style, it is just implied.  So we can
-	     safely just consume any 'F' at this point and be compatible
-	     with either style.  */
-
-	  oldmangled = NULL;
-	  func_done = 1;
-	  (*mangled)++;
-
-	  /* For lucid/ARM/HP style we have to forget any types we might
-	     have remembered up to this point, since they were not argument
-	     types.  GNU style considers all types seen as available for
-	     back references.  See comment in demangle_args() */
-
-	  if (LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING)
-	    {
-	      forget_types (work);
-	    }
-	  success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp);
-	  /* After picking off the function args, we expect to either
-	     find the function return type (preceded by an '_') or the
-	     end of the string. */
-	  if (success && (AUTO_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) && **mangled == '_')
-	    {
-	      ++(*mangled);
-              /* At this level, we do not care about the return type. */
-              success = do_type (work, mangled, &tname);
-              string_delete (&tname);
-            }
-
-	  break;
-
-	case 't':
-	  /* G++ Template */
-	  string_init(&trawname);
-	  string_init(&tname);
-	  if (oldmangled == NULL)
-	    {
-	      oldmangled = *mangled;
-	    }
-	  success = demangle_template (work, mangled, &tname,
-				       &trawname, 1, 1);
-	  if (success)
-	    {
-	      remember_type (work, oldmangled, *mangled - oldmangled);
-	    }
-	  string_append (&tname, SCOPE_STRING (work));
-
-	  string_prepends(declp, &tname);
-	  if (work -> destructor & 1)
-	    {
-	      string_prepend (&trawname, "~");
-	      string_appends (declp, &trawname);
-	      work->destructor -= 1;
-	    }
-	  if ((work->constructor & 1) || (work->destructor & 1))
-	    {
-	      string_appends (declp, &trawname);
-	      work->constructor -= 1;
-	    }
-	  string_delete(&trawname);
-	  string_delete(&tname);
-	  oldmangled = NULL;
-	  expect_func = 1;
-	  break;
-
-	case '_':
-	  if ((AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING) && expect_return_type)
-	    {
-	      /* Read the return type. */
-	      string return_type;
-
-	      (*mangled)++;
-	      success = do_type (work, mangled, &return_type);
-	      APPEND_BLANK (&return_type);
-
-	      string_prepends (declp, &return_type);
-	      string_delete (&return_type);
-	      break;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    /* At the outermost level, we cannot have a return type specified,
-	       so if we run into another '_' at this point we are dealing with
-	       a mangled name that is either bogus, or has been mangled by
-	       some algorithm we don't know how to deal with.  So just
-	       reject the entire demangling.  */
-            /* However, "_nnn" is an expected suffix for alternate entry point
-               numbered nnn for a function, with HP aCC, so skip over that
-               without reporting failure. pai/1997-09-04 */
-            if (HP_DEMANGLING)
-              {
-                (*mangled)++;
-                while (**mangled && ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**mangled))
-                  (*mangled)++;
-              }
-            else
-	      success = 0;
-	  break;
-
-	case 'H':
-	  if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING)
-	    {
-	      /* A G++ template function.  Read the template arguments. */
-	      success = demangle_template (work, mangled, declp, 0, 0,
-					   0);
-	      if (!(work->constructor & 1))
-		expect_return_type = 1;
-	      if (!**mangled)
-		success = 0;
-	      else
-	        (*mangled)++;
-	      break;
-	    }
-	  /* fall through */
-
-	default:
-	  if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING)
-	    {
-	      /* Assume we have stumbled onto the first outermost function
-		 argument token, and start processing args.  */
-	      func_done = 1;
-	      success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp);
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      /* Non-GNU demanglers use a specific token to mark the start
-		 of the outermost function argument tokens.  Typically 'F',
-		 for ARM/HP-demangling, for example.  So if we find something
-		 we are not prepared for, it must be an error.  */
-	      success = 0;
-	    }
-	  break;
-	}
-      /*
-	if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING)
-	*/
-      {
-	if (success && expect_func)
-	  {
-	    func_done = 1;
-              if (LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING)
-                {
-                  forget_types (work);
-                }
-	    success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp);
-	    /* Since template include the mangling of their return types,
-	       we must set expect_func to 0 so that we don't try do
-	       demangle more arguments the next time we get here.  */
-	    expect_func = 0;
-	  }
-      }
-    }
-  if (success && !func_done)
-    {
-      if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING)
-	{
-	  /* With GNU style demangling, bar__3foo is 'foo::bar(void)', and
-	     bar__3fooi is 'foo::bar(int)'.  We get here when we find the
-	     first case, and need to ensure that the '(void)' gets added to
-	     the current declp.  Note that with ARM/HP, the first case
-	     represents the name of a static data member 'foo::bar',
-	     which is in the current declp, so we leave it alone.  */
-	  success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp);
-	}
-    }
-  if (success && PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
-    {
-      if (work->static_type)
-	string_append (declp, " static");
-      if (work->type_quals != TYPE_UNQUALIFIED)
-	{
-	  APPEND_BLANK (declp);
-	  string_append (declp, qualifier_string (work->type_quals));
-	}
-    }
-
-  return (success);
-}
-
-#if 0
-
-static int
-demangle_method_args (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
-                      string *declp)
-{
-  int success = 0;
-
-  if (work -> static_type)
-    {
-      string_append (declp, *mangled + 1);
-      *mangled += strlen (*mangled);
-      success = 1;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp);
-    }
-  return (success);
-}
-
-#endif
-
-static int
-demangle_template_template_parm (struct work_stuff *work,
-                                 const char **mangled, string *tname)
-{
-  int i;
-  int r;
-  int need_comma = 0;
-  int success = 1;
-  string temp;
-
-  string_append (tname, "template <");
-  /* get size of template parameter list */
-  if (get_count (mangled, &r))
-    {
-      for (i = 0; i < r; i++)
-	{
-	  if (need_comma)
-	    {
-	      string_append (tname, ", ");
-	    }
-
-	    /* Z for type parameters */
-	    if (**mangled == 'Z')
-	      {
-		(*mangled)++;
-		string_append (tname, "class");
-	      }
-	      /* z for template parameters */
-	    else if (**mangled == 'z')
-	      {
-		(*mangled)++;
-		success =
-		  demangle_template_template_parm (work, mangled, tname);
-		if (!success)
-		  {
-		    break;
-		  }
-	      }
-	    else
-	      {
-		/* temp is initialized in do_type */
-		success = do_type (work, mangled, &temp);
-		if (success)
-		  {
-		    string_appends (tname, &temp);
-		  }
-		string_delete(&temp);
-		if (!success)
-		  {
-		    break;
-		  }
-	      }
-	  need_comma = 1;
-	}
-
-    }
-  if (tname->p[-1] == '>')
-    string_append (tname, " ");
-  string_append (tname, "> class");
-  return (success);
-}
-
-static int
-demangle_expression (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
-                     string *s, type_kind_t tk)
-{
-  int need_operator = 0;
-  int success;
-
-  success = 1;
-  string_appendn (s, "(", 1);
-  (*mangled)++;
-  while (success && **mangled != 'W' && **mangled != '\0')
-    {
-      if (need_operator)
-	{
-	  size_t i;
-	  size_t len;
-
-	  success = 0;
-
-	  len = strlen (*mangled);
-
-	  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); ++i)
-	    {
-	      size_t l = strlen (optable[i].in);
-
-	      if (l <= len
-		  && memcmp (optable[i].in, *mangled, l) == 0)
-		{
-		  string_appendn (s, " ", 1);
-		  string_append (s, optable[i].out);
-		  string_appendn (s, " ", 1);
-		  success = 1;
-		  (*mangled) += l;
-		  break;
-		}
-	    }
-
-	  if (!success)
-	    break;
-	}
-      else
-	need_operator = 1;
-
-      success = demangle_template_value_parm (work, mangled, s, tk);
-    }
-
-  if (**mangled != 'W')
-    success = 0;
-  else
-    {
-      string_appendn (s, ")", 1);
-      (*mangled)++;
-    }
-
-  return success;
-}
-
-static int
-demangle_integral_value (struct work_stuff *work,
-                         const char **mangled, string *s)
-{
-  int success;
-
-  if (**mangled == 'E')
-    success = demangle_expression (work, mangled, s, tk_integral);
-  else if (**mangled == 'Q' || **mangled == 'K')
-    success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, s, 0, 1);
-  else
-    {
-      int value;
-
-      /* By default, we let the number decide whether we shall consume an
-	 underscore.  */
-      int multidigit_without_leading_underscore = 0;
-      int leave_following_underscore = 0;
-
-      success = 0;
-
-      if (**mangled == '_')
-        {
-	  if (mangled[0][1] == 'm')
-	    {
-	      /* Since consume_count_with_underscores does not handle the
-		 `m'-prefix we must do it here, using consume_count and
-		 adjusting underscores: we have to consume the underscore
-		 matching the prepended one.  */
-	      multidigit_without_leading_underscore = 1;
-	      string_appendn (s, "-", 1);
-	      (*mangled) += 2;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      /* Do not consume a following underscore;
-	         consume_count_with_underscores will consume what
-	         should be consumed.  */
-	      leave_following_underscore = 1;
-	    }
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  /* Negative numbers are indicated with a leading `m'.  */
-	  if (**mangled == 'm')
-	  {
-	    string_appendn (s, "-", 1);
-	    (*mangled)++;
-	  }
-	  /* Since consume_count_with_underscores does not handle
-	     multi-digit numbers that do not start with an underscore,
-	     and this number can be an integer template parameter,
-	     we have to call consume_count. */
-	  multidigit_without_leading_underscore = 1;
-	  /* These multi-digit numbers never end on an underscore,
-	     so if there is one then don't eat it. */
-	  leave_following_underscore = 1;
-	}
-
-      /* We must call consume_count if we expect to remove a trailing
-	 underscore, since consume_count_with_underscores expects
-	 the leading underscore (that we consumed) if it is to handle
-	 multi-digit numbers.  */
-      if (multidigit_without_leading_underscore)
-	value = consume_count (mangled);
-      else
-	value = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled);
-
-      if (value != -1)
-	{
-	  char buf[INTBUF_SIZE];
-	  sprintf (buf, "%d", value);
-	  string_append (s, buf);
-
-	  /* Numbers not otherwise delimited, might have an underscore
-	     appended as a delimeter, which we should skip.
-
-	     ??? This used to always remove a following underscore, which
-	     is wrong.  If other (arbitrary) cases are followed by an
-	     underscore, we need to do something more radical.  */
-
-	  if ((value > 9 || multidigit_without_leading_underscore)
-	      && ! leave_following_underscore
-	      && **mangled == '_')
-	    (*mangled)++;
-
-	  /* All is well.  */
-	  success = 1;
-	}
-      }
-
-  return success;
-}
-
-/* Demangle the real value in MANGLED.  */
-
-static int
-demangle_real_value (struct work_stuff *work,
-                     const char **mangled, string *s)
-{
-  if (**mangled == 'E')
-    return demangle_expression (work, mangled, s, tk_real);
-
-  if (**mangled == 'm')
-    {
-      string_appendn (s, "-", 1);
-      (*mangled)++;
-    }
-  while (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**mangled))
-    {
-      string_appendn (s, *mangled, 1);
-      (*mangled)++;
-    }
-  if (**mangled == '.') /* fraction */
-    {
-      string_appendn (s, ".", 1);
-      (*mangled)++;
-      while (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**mangled))
-	{
-	  string_appendn (s, *mangled, 1);
-	  (*mangled)++;
-	}
-    }
-  if (**mangled == 'e') /* exponent */
-    {
-      string_appendn (s, "e", 1);
-      (*mangled)++;
-      while (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**mangled))
-	{
-	  string_appendn (s, *mangled, 1);
-	  (*mangled)++;
-	}
-    }
-
-  return 1;
-}
-
-static int
-demangle_template_value_parm (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
-                              string *s, type_kind_t tk)
-{
-  int success = 1;
-
-  if (**mangled == 'Y')
-    {
-      /* The next argument is a template parameter. */
-      int idx;
-
-      (*mangled)++;
-      idx = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled);
-      if (idx == -1
-	  || (work->tmpl_argvec && idx >= work->ntmpl_args)
-	  || consume_count_with_underscores (mangled) == -1)
-	return -1;
-      if (work->tmpl_argvec)
-	string_append (s, work->tmpl_argvec[idx]);
-      else
-	string_append_template_idx (s, idx);
-    }
-  else if (tk == tk_integral)
-    success = demangle_integral_value (work, mangled, s);
-  else if (tk == tk_char)
-    {
-      char tmp[2];
-      int val;
-      if (**mangled == 'm')
-	{
-	  string_appendn (s, "-", 1);
-	  (*mangled)++;
-	}
-      string_appendn (s, "'", 1);
-      val = consume_count(mangled);
-      if (val <= 0)
-	success = 0;
-      else
-	{
-	  tmp[0] = (char)val;
-	  tmp[1] = '\0';
-	  string_appendn (s, &tmp[0], 1);
-	  string_appendn (s, "'", 1);
-	}
-    }
-  else if (tk == tk_bool)
-    {
-      int val = consume_count (mangled);
-      if (val == 0)
-	string_appendn (s, "false", 5);
-      else if (val == 1)
-	string_appendn (s, "true", 4);
-      else
-	success = 0;
-    }
-  else if (tk == tk_real)
-    success = demangle_real_value (work, mangled, s);
-  else if (tk == tk_pointer || tk == tk_reference
-	   || tk == tk_rvalue_reference)
-    {
-      if (**mangled == 'Q')
-	success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, s,
-				      /*isfuncname=*/0, 
-				      /*append=*/1);
-      else
-	{
-	  int symbol_len  = consume_count (mangled);
-	  if (symbol_len == -1
-	      || symbol_len > (long) strlen (*mangled))
-	    return -1;
-	  if (symbol_len == 0)
-	    string_appendn (s, "0", 1);
-	  else
-	    {
-	      char *p = XNEWVEC (char, symbol_len + 1), *q;
-	      strncpy (p, *mangled, symbol_len);
-	      p [symbol_len] = '\0';
-	      /* We use cplus_demangle here, rather than
-		 internal_cplus_demangle, because the name of the entity
-		 mangled here does not make use of any of the squangling
-		 or type-code information we have built up thus far; it is
-		 mangled independently.  */
-	      q = cplus_demangle (p, work->options);
-	      if (tk == tk_pointer)
-		string_appendn (s, "&", 1);
-	      /* FIXME: Pointer-to-member constants should get a
-		 qualifying class name here.  */
-	      if (q)
-		{
-		  string_append (s, q);
-		  free (q);
-		}
-	      else
-		string_append (s, p);
-	      free (p);
-	    }
-	  *mangled += symbol_len;
-	}
-    }
-
-  return success;
-}
-
-/* Demangle the template name in MANGLED.  The full name of the
-   template (e.g., S<int>) is placed in TNAME.  The name without the
-   template parameters (e.g. S) is placed in TRAWNAME if TRAWNAME is
-   non-NULL.  If IS_TYPE is nonzero, this template is a type template,
-   not a function template.  If both IS_TYPE and REMEMBER are nonzero,
-   the template is remembered in the list of back-referenceable
-   types.  */
-
-static int
-demangle_template (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
-                   string *tname, string *trawname,
-                   int is_type, int remember)
-{
-  int i;
-  int r;
-  int need_comma = 0;
-  int success = 0;
-  int is_java_array = 0;
-  string temp;
-
-  (*mangled)++;
-  if (is_type)
-    {
-      /* get template name */
-      if (**mangled == 'z')
-	{
-	  int idx;
-	  (*mangled)++;
-	  if (**mangled == '\0')
-	    return (0);
-	  (*mangled)++;
-
-	  idx = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled);
-	  if (idx == -1
-	      || (work->tmpl_argvec && idx >= work->ntmpl_args)
-	      || consume_count_with_underscores (mangled) == -1)
-	    return (0);
-
-	  if (work->tmpl_argvec)
-	    {
-	      string_append (tname, work->tmpl_argvec[idx]);
-	      if (trawname)
-		string_append (trawname, work->tmpl_argvec[idx]);
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      string_append_template_idx (tname, idx);
-	      if (trawname)
-		string_append_template_idx (trawname, idx);
-	    }
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  if ((r = consume_count (mangled)) <= 0
-	      || (int) strlen (*mangled) < r)
-	    {
-	      return (0);
-	    }
-	  is_java_array = (work -> options & DMGL_JAVA)
-	    && strncmp (*mangled, "JArray1Z", 8) == 0;
-	  if (! is_java_array)
-	    {
-	      string_appendn (tname, *mangled, r);
-	    }
-	  if (trawname)
-	    string_appendn (trawname, *mangled, r);
-	  *mangled += r;
-	}
-    }
-  if (!is_java_array)
-    string_append (tname, "<");
-  /* get size of template parameter list */
-  if (!get_count (mangled, &r))
-    {
-      return (0);
-    }
-  if (!is_type)
-    {
-      /* Create an array for saving the template argument values. */
-      work->tmpl_argvec = XNEWVEC (char *, r);
-      work->ntmpl_args = r;
-      for (i = 0; i < r; i++)
-	work->tmpl_argvec[i] = 0;
-    }
-  for (i = 0; i < r; i++)
-    {
-      if (need_comma)
-	{
-	  string_append (tname, ", ");
-	}
-      /* Z for type parameters */
-      if (**mangled == 'Z')
-	{
-	  (*mangled)++;
-	  /* temp is initialized in do_type */
-	  success = do_type (work, mangled, &temp);
-	  if (success)
-	    {
-	      string_appends (tname, &temp);
-
-	      if (!is_type)
-		{
-		  /* Save the template argument. */
-		  int len = temp.p - temp.b;
-		  work->tmpl_argvec[i] = XNEWVEC (char, len + 1);
-		  memcpy (work->tmpl_argvec[i], temp.b, len);
-		  work->tmpl_argvec[i][len] = '\0';
-		}
-	    }
-	  string_delete(&temp);
-	  if (!success)
-	    {
-	      break;
-	    }
-	}
-      /* z for template parameters */
-      else if (**mangled == 'z')
-	{
-	  int r2;
-	  (*mangled)++;
-	  success = demangle_template_template_parm (work, mangled, tname);
-
-	  if (success
-	      && (r2 = consume_count (mangled)) > 0
-	      && (int) strlen (*mangled) >= r2)
-	    {
-	      string_append (tname, " ");
-	      string_appendn (tname, *mangled, r2);
-	      if (!is_type)
-		{
-		  /* Save the template argument. */
-		  int len = r2;
-		  work->tmpl_argvec[i] = XNEWVEC (char, len + 1);
-		  memcpy (work->tmpl_argvec[i], *mangled, len);
-		  work->tmpl_argvec[i][len] = '\0';
-		}
-	      *mangled += r2;
-	    }
-	  if (!success)
-	    {
-	      break;
-	    }
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  string  param;
-	  string* s;
-
-	  /* otherwise, value parameter */
-
-	  /* temp is initialized in do_type */
-	  success = do_type (work, mangled, &temp);
-	  string_delete(&temp);
-	  if (!success)
-	    break;
-
-	  if (!is_type)
-	    {
-	      s = &param;
-	      string_init (s);
-	    }
-	  else
-	    s = tname;
-
-	  success = demangle_template_value_parm (work, mangled, s,
-						  (type_kind_t) success);
-
-	  if (!success)
-	    {
-	      if (!is_type)
-		string_delete (s);
-	      success = 0;
-	      break;
-	    }
-
-	  if (!is_type)
-	    {
-	      int len = s->p - s->b;
-	      work->tmpl_argvec[i] = XNEWVEC (char, len + 1);
-	      memcpy (work->tmpl_argvec[i], s->b, len);
-	      work->tmpl_argvec[i][len] = '\0';
-
-	      string_appends (tname, s);
-	      string_delete (s);
-	    }
-	}
-      need_comma = 1;
-    }
-  if (is_java_array)
-    {
-      string_append (tname, "[]");
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      if (tname->p[-1] == '>')
-	string_append (tname, " ");
-      string_append (tname, ">");
-    }
-
-  if (is_type && remember)
-    {
-      const int bindex = register_Btype (work);
-      remember_Btype (work, tname->b, LEN_STRING (tname), bindex);
-    }
-
-  /*
-    if (work -> static_type)
-    {
-    string_append (declp, *mangled + 1);
-    *mangled += strlen (*mangled);
-    success = 1;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-    success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp);
-    }
-    }
-    */
-  return (success);
-}
-
-static int
-arm_pt (struct work_stuff *work, const char *mangled,
-        int n, const char **anchor, const char **args)
-{
-  /* Check if ARM template with "__pt__" in it ("parameterized type") */
-  /* Allow HP also here, because HP's cfront compiler follows ARM to some extent */
-  if ((ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING) && (*anchor = strstr (mangled, "__pt__")))
-    {
-      int len;
-      *args = *anchor + 6;
-      len = consume_count (args);
-      if (len == -1)
-	return 0;
-      if (*args + len == mangled + n && **args == '_')
-	{
-	  ++*args;
-	  return 1;
-	}
-    }
-  if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING)
-    {
-      if ((*anchor = strstr (mangled, "__tm__"))
-          || (*anchor = strstr (mangled, "__ps__"))
-          || (*anchor = strstr (mangled, "__pt__")))
-        {
-          int len;
-          *args = *anchor + 6;
-          len = consume_count (args);
-	  if (len == -1)
-	    return 0;
-          if (*args + len == mangled + n && **args == '_')
-            {
-              ++*args;
-              return 1;
-            }
-        }
-      else if ((*anchor = strstr (mangled, "__S")))
-        {
- 	  int len;
- 	  *args = *anchor + 3;
- 	  len = consume_count (args);
-	  if (len == -1)
-	    return 0;
- 	  if (*args + len == mangled + n && **args == '_')
-            {
-              ++*args;
- 	      return 1;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-static void
-demangle_arm_hp_template (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
-                          int n, string *declp)
-{
-  const char *p;
-  const char *args;
-  const char *e = *mangled + n;
-  string arg;
-
-  /* Check for HP aCC template spec: classXt1t2 where t1, t2 are
-     template args */
-  if (HP_DEMANGLING && ((*mangled)[n] == 'X'))
-    {
-      char *start_spec_args = NULL;
-      int hold_options;
-
-      /* First check for and omit template specialization pseudo-arguments,
-         such as in "Spec<#1,#1.*>" */
-      start_spec_args = strchr (*mangled, '<');
-      if (start_spec_args && (start_spec_args - *mangled < n))
-        string_appendn (declp, *mangled, start_spec_args - *mangled);
-      else
-        string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n);
-      (*mangled) += n + 1;
-      string_init (&arg);
-      if (work->temp_start == -1) /* non-recursive call */
-        work->temp_start = declp->p - declp->b;
-
-      /* We want to unconditionally demangle parameter types in
-	 template parameters.  */
-      hold_options = work->options;
-      work->options |= DMGL_PARAMS;
-
-      string_append (declp, "<");
-      while (1)
-        {
-          string_delete (&arg);
-          switch (**mangled)
-            {
-              case 'T':
-                /* 'T' signals a type parameter */
-                (*mangled)++;
-                if (!do_type (work, mangled, &arg))
-                  goto hpacc_template_args_done;
-                break;
-
-              case 'U':
-              case 'S':
-                /* 'U' or 'S' signals an integral value */
-                if (!do_hpacc_template_const_value (work, mangled, &arg))
-                  goto hpacc_template_args_done;
-                break;
-
-              case 'A':
-                /* 'A' signals a named constant expression (literal) */
-                if (!do_hpacc_template_literal (work, mangled, &arg))
-                  goto hpacc_template_args_done;
-                break;
-
-              default:
-                /* Today, 1997-09-03, we have only the above types
-                   of template parameters */
-                /* FIXME: maybe this should fail and return null */
-                goto hpacc_template_args_done;
-            }
-          string_appends (declp, &arg);
-         /* Check if we're at the end of template args.
-             0 if at end of static member of template class,
-             _ if done with template args for a function */
-          if ((**mangled == '\000') || (**mangled == '_'))
-            break;
-          else
-            string_append (declp, ",");
-        }
-    hpacc_template_args_done:
-      string_append (declp, ">");
-      string_delete (&arg);
-      if (**mangled == '_')
-        (*mangled)++;
-      work->options = hold_options;
-      return;
-    }
-  /* ARM template? (Also handles HP cfront extensions) */
-  else if (arm_pt (work, *mangled, n, &p, &args))
-    {
-      int hold_options;
-      string type_str;
-
-      string_init (&arg);
-      string_appendn (declp, *mangled, p - *mangled);
-      if (work->temp_start == -1)  /* non-recursive call */
-	work->temp_start = declp->p - declp->b;
-
-      /* We want to unconditionally demangle parameter types in
-	 template parameters.  */
-      hold_options = work->options;
-      work->options |= DMGL_PARAMS;
-
-      string_append (declp, "<");
-      /* should do error checking here */
-      while (args < e) {
-	string_delete (&arg);
-
-	/* Check for type or literal here */
-	switch (*args)
-	  {
-	    /* HP cfront extensions to ARM for template args */
-	    /* spec: Xt1Lv1 where t1 is a type, v1 is a literal value */
-	    /* FIXME: We handle only numeric literals for HP cfront */
-          case 'X':
-            /* A typed constant value follows */
-            args++;
-            if (!do_type (work, &args, &type_str))
-	      goto cfront_template_args_done;
-            string_append (&arg, "(");
-            string_appends (&arg, &type_str);
-            string_delete (&type_str);
-            string_append (&arg, ")");
-            if (*args != 'L')
-              goto cfront_template_args_done;
-            args++;
-            /* Now snarf a literal value following 'L' */
-            if (!snarf_numeric_literal (&args, &arg))
-	      goto cfront_template_args_done;
-            break;
-
-          case 'L':
-            /* Snarf a literal following 'L' */
-            args++;
-            if (!snarf_numeric_literal (&args, &arg))
-	      goto cfront_template_args_done;
-            break;
-          default:
-            /* Not handling other HP cfront stuff */
-            {
-              const char* old_args = args;
-              if (!do_type (work, &args, &arg))
-                goto cfront_template_args_done;
-
-              /* Fail if we didn't make any progress: prevent infinite loop. */
-              if (args == old_args)
-		{
-		  work->options = hold_options;
-		  return;
-		}
-            }
-	  }
-	string_appends (declp, &arg);
-	string_append (declp, ",");
-      }
-    cfront_template_args_done:
-      string_delete (&arg);
-      if (args >= e)
-	--declp->p; /* remove extra comma */
-      string_append (declp, ">");
-      work->options = hold_options;
-    }
-  else if (n>10 && strncmp (*mangled, "_GLOBAL_", 8) == 0
-	   && (*mangled)[9] == 'N'
-	   && (*mangled)[8] == (*mangled)[10]
-	   && strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[8]))
-    {
-      /* A member of the anonymous namespace.  */
-      string_append (declp, "{anonymous}");
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      if (work->temp_start == -1) /* non-recursive call only */
-	work->temp_start = 0;     /* disable in recursive calls */
-      string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n);
-    }
-  *mangled += n;
-}
-
-/* Extract a class name, possibly a template with arguments, from the
-   mangled string; qualifiers, local class indicators, etc. have
-   already been dealt with */
-
-static int
-demangle_class_name (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
-                     string *declp)
-{
-  int n;
-  int success = 0;
-
-  n = consume_count (mangled);
-  if (n == -1)
-    return 0;
-  if ((int) strlen (*mangled) >= n)
-    {
-      demangle_arm_hp_template (work, mangled, n, declp);
-      success = 1;
-    }
-
-  return (success);
-}
-
-/*
-
-LOCAL FUNCTION
-
-	demangle_class -- demangle a mangled class sequence
-
-SYNOPSIS
-
-	static int
-	demangle_class (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
-			strint *declp)
-
-DESCRIPTION
-
-	DECLP points to the buffer into which demangling is being done.
-
-	*MANGLED points to the current token to be demangled.  On input,
-	it points to a mangled class (I.E. "3foo", "13verylongclass", etc.)
-	On exit, it points to the next token after the mangled class on
-	success, or the first unconsumed token on failure.
-
-	If the CONSTRUCTOR or DESTRUCTOR flags are set in WORK, then
-	we are demangling a constructor or destructor.  In this case
-	we prepend "class::class" or "class::~class" to DECLP.
-
-	Otherwise, we prepend "class::" to the current DECLP.
-
-	Reset the constructor/destructor flags once they have been
-	"consumed".  This allows demangle_class to be called later during
-	the same demangling, to do normal class demangling.
-
-	Returns 1 if demangling is successful, 0 otherwise.
-
-*/
-
-static int
-demangle_class (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, string *declp)
-{
-  int success = 0;
-  int btype;
-  string class_name;
-  char *save_class_name_end = 0;
-
-  string_init (&class_name);
-  btype = register_Btype (work);
-  if (demangle_class_name (work, mangled, &class_name))
-    {
-      save_class_name_end = class_name.p;
-      if ((work->constructor & 1) || (work->destructor & 1))
-	{
-          /* adjust so we don't include template args */
-          if (work->temp_start && (work->temp_start != -1))
-            {
-              class_name.p = class_name.b + work->temp_start;
-            }
-	  string_prepends (declp, &class_name);
-	  if (work -> destructor & 1)
-	    {
-	      string_prepend (declp, "~");
-              work -> destructor -= 1;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      work -> constructor -= 1;
-	    }
-	}
-      class_name.p = save_class_name_end;
-      remember_Ktype (work, class_name.b, LEN_STRING(&class_name));
-      remember_Btype (work, class_name.b, LEN_STRING(&class_name), btype);
-      string_prepend (declp, SCOPE_STRING (work));
-      string_prepends (declp, &class_name);
-      success = 1;
-    }
-  string_delete (&class_name);
-  return (success);
-}
-
-
-/* Called when there's a "__" in the mangled name, with `scan' pointing to
-   the rightmost guess.
-
-   Find the correct "__"-sequence where the function name ends and the
-   signature starts, which is ambiguous with GNU mangling.
-   Call demangle_signature here, so we can make sure we found the right
-   one; *mangled will be consumed so caller will not make further calls to
-   demangle_signature.  */
-
-static int
-iterate_demangle_function (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
-                           string *declp, const char *scan)
-{
-  const char *mangle_init = *mangled;
-  int success = 0;
-  string decl_init;
-  struct work_stuff work_init;
-
-  if (*(scan + 2) == '\0')
-    return 0;
-
-  /* Do not iterate for some demangling modes, or if there's only one
-     "__"-sequence.  This is the normal case.  */
-  if (ARM_DEMANGLING || LUCID_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING
-      || strstr (scan + 2, "__") == NULL)
-    return demangle_function_name (work, mangled, declp, scan);
-
-  /* Save state so we can restart if the guess at the correct "__" was
-     wrong.  */
-  string_init (&decl_init);
-  string_appends (&decl_init, declp);
-  memset (&work_init, 0, sizeof work_init);
-  work_stuff_copy_to_from (&work_init, work);
-
-  /* Iterate over occurrences of __, allowing names and types to have a
-     "__" sequence in them.  We must start with the first (not the last)
-     occurrence, since "__" most often occur between independent mangled
-     parts, hence starting at the last occurence inside a signature
-     might get us a "successful" demangling of the signature.  */
-
-  while (scan[2])
-    {
-      if (demangle_function_name (work, mangled, declp, scan))
-	{
-	  success = demangle_signature (work, mangled, declp);
-	  if (success)
-	    break;
-	}
-
-      /* Reset demangle state for the next round.  */
-      *mangled = mangle_init;
-      string_clear (declp);
-      string_appends (declp, &decl_init);
-      work_stuff_copy_to_from (work, &work_init);
-
-      /* Leave this underscore-sequence.  */
-      scan += 2;
-
-      /* Scan for the next "__" sequence.  */
-      while (*scan && (scan[0] != '_' || scan[1] != '_'))
-	scan++;
-
-      /* Move to last "__" in this sequence.  */
-      while (*scan && *scan == '_')
-	scan++;
-      scan -= 2;
-    }
-
-  /* Delete saved state.  */
-  delete_work_stuff (&work_init);
-  string_delete (&decl_init);
-
-  return success;
-}
-
-/*
-
-LOCAL FUNCTION
-
-	demangle_prefix -- consume the mangled name prefix and find signature
-
-SYNOPSIS
-
-	static int
-	demangle_prefix (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
-			 string *declp);
-
-DESCRIPTION
-
-	Consume and demangle the prefix of the mangled name.
-	While processing the function name root, arrange to call
-	demangle_signature if the root is ambiguous.
-
-	DECLP points to the string buffer into which demangled output is
-	placed.  On entry, the buffer is empty.  On exit it contains
-	the root function name, the demangled operator name, or in some
-	special cases either nothing or the completely demangled result.
-
-	MANGLED points to the current pointer into the mangled name.  As each
-	token of the mangled name is consumed, it is updated.  Upon entry
-	the current mangled name pointer points to the first character of
-	the mangled name.  Upon exit, it should point to the first character
-	of the signature if demangling was successful, or to the first
-	unconsumed character if demangling of the prefix was unsuccessful.
-
-	Returns 1 on success, 0 otherwise.
- */
-
-static int
-demangle_prefix (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
-                 string *declp)
-{
-  int success = 1;
-  const char *scan;
-  int i;
-
-  if (strlen(*mangled) > 6
-      && (strncmp(*mangled, "_imp__", 6) == 0
-          || strncmp(*mangled, "__imp_", 6) == 0))
-    {
-      /* it's a symbol imported from a PE dynamic library. Check for both
-         new style prefix _imp__ and legacy __imp_ used by older versions
-	 of dlltool. */
-      (*mangled) += 6;
-      work->dllimported = 1;
-    }
-  else if (strlen(*mangled) >= 11 && strncmp(*mangled, "_GLOBAL_", 8) == 0)
-    {
-      char *marker = strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[8]);
-      if (marker != NULL && *marker == (*mangled)[10])
-	{
-	  if ((*mangled)[9] == 'D')
-	    {
-	      /* it's a GNU global destructor to be executed at program exit */
-	      (*mangled) += 11;
-	      work->destructor = 2;
-	      if (gnu_special (work, mangled, declp))
-		return success;
-	    }
-	  else if ((*mangled)[9] == 'I')
-	    {
-	      /* it's a GNU global constructor to be executed at program init */
-	      (*mangled) += 11;
-	      work->constructor = 2;
-	      if (gnu_special (work, mangled, declp))
-		return success;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-  else if ((ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) && strncmp(*mangled, "__std__", 7) == 0)
-    {
-      /* it's a ARM global destructor to be executed at program exit */
-      (*mangled) += 7;
-      work->destructor = 2;
-    }
-  else if ((ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) && strncmp(*mangled, "__sti__", 7) == 0)
-    {
-      /* it's a ARM global constructor to be executed at program initial */
-      (*mangled) += 7;
-      work->constructor = 2;
-    }
-
-  /*  This block of code is a reduction in strength time optimization
-      of:
-      scan = strstr (*mangled, "__"); */
-
-  {
-    scan = *mangled;
-
-    do {
-      scan = strchr (scan, '_');
-    } while (scan != NULL && *++scan != '_');
-
-    if (scan != NULL) --scan;
-  }
-
-  if (scan != NULL)
-    {
-      /* We found a sequence of two or more '_', ensure that we start at
-	 the last pair in the sequence.  */
-      i = strspn (scan, "_");
-      if (i > 2)
-	{
-	  scan += (i - 2);
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (scan == NULL)
-    {
-      success = 0;
-    }
-  else if (work -> static_type)
-    {
-      if (!ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)scan[0]) && (scan[0] != 't'))
-	{
-	  success = 0;
-	}
-    }
-  else if ((scan == *mangled)
-	   && (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)scan[2]) || (scan[2] == 'Q')
-	       || (scan[2] == 't') || (scan[2] == 'K') || (scan[2] == 'H')))
-    {
-      /* The ARM says nothing about the mangling of local variables.
-	 But cfront mangles local variables by prepending __<nesting_level>
-	 to them. As an extension to ARM demangling we handle this case.  */
-      if ((LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING)
-	  && ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)scan[2]))
-	{
-	  *mangled = scan + 2;
-	  consume_count (mangled);
-	  string_append (declp, *mangled);
-	  *mangled += strlen (*mangled);
-	  success = 1;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  /* A GNU style constructor starts with __[0-9Qt].  But cfront uses
-	     names like __Q2_3foo3bar for nested type names.  So don't accept
-	     this style of constructor for cfront demangling.  A GNU
-	     style member-template constructor starts with 'H'. */
-	  if (!(LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING))
-	    work -> constructor += 1;
-	  *mangled = scan + 2;
-	}
-    }
-  else if (ARM_DEMANGLING && scan[2] == 'p' && scan[3] == 't')
-    {
-      /* Cfront-style parameterized type.  Handled later as a signature. */
-      success = 1;
-
-      /* ARM template? */
-      demangle_arm_hp_template (work, mangled, strlen (*mangled), declp);
-    }
-  else if (EDG_DEMANGLING && ((scan[2] == 't' && scan[3] == 'm')
-                              || (scan[2] == 'p' && scan[3] == 's')
-                              || (scan[2] == 'p' && scan[3] == 't')))
-    {
-      /* EDG-style parameterized type.  Handled later as a signature. */
-      success = 1;
-
-      /* EDG template? */
-      demangle_arm_hp_template (work, mangled, strlen (*mangled), declp);
-    }
-  else if ((scan == *mangled) && !ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)scan[2])
-	   && (scan[2] != 't'))
-    {
-      /* Mangled name starts with "__".  Skip over any leading '_' characters,
-	 then find the next "__" that separates the prefix from the signature.
-	 */
-      if (!(ARM_DEMANGLING || LUCID_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING)
-	  || (arm_special (mangled, declp) == 0))
-	{
-	  while (*scan == '_')
-	    {
-	      scan++;
-	    }
-	  if ((scan = strstr (scan, "__")) == NULL || (*(scan + 2) == '\0'))
-	    {
-	      /* No separator (I.E. "__not_mangled"), or empty signature
-		 (I.E. "__not_mangled_either__") */
-	      success = 0;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    return iterate_demangle_function (work, mangled, declp, scan);
-	}
-    }
-  else if (*(scan + 2) != '\0')
-    {
-      /* Mangled name does not start with "__" but does have one somewhere
-	 in there with non empty stuff after it.  Looks like a global
-	 function name.  Iterate over all "__":s until the right
-	 one is found.  */
-      return iterate_demangle_function (work, mangled, declp, scan);
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      /* Doesn't look like a mangled name */
-      success = 0;
-    }
-
-  if (!success && (work->constructor == 2 || work->destructor == 2))
-    {
-      string_append (declp, *mangled);
-      *mangled += strlen (*mangled);
-      success = 1;
-    }
-  return (success);
-}
-
-/*
-
-LOCAL FUNCTION
-
-	gnu_special -- special handling of gnu mangled strings
-
-SYNOPSIS
-
-	static int
-	gnu_special (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
-		     string *declp);
-
-
-DESCRIPTION
-
-	Process some special GNU style mangling forms that don't fit
-	the normal pattern.  For example:
-
-		_$_3foo		(destructor for class foo)
-		_vt$foo		(foo virtual table)
-		_vt$foo$bar	(foo::bar virtual table)
-		__vt_foo	(foo virtual table, new style with thunks)
-		_3foo$varname	(static data member)
-		_Q22rs2tu$vw	(static data member)
-		__t6vector1Zii	(constructor with template)
-		__thunk_4__$_7ostream (virtual function thunk)
- */
-
-static int
-gnu_special (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, string *declp)
-{
-  int n;
-  int success = 1;
-  const char *p;
-
-  if ((*mangled)[0] == '_' && (*mangled)[1] != '\0'
-      && strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[1]) != NULL
-      && (*mangled)[2] == '_')
-    {
-      /* Found a GNU style destructor, get past "_<CPLUS_MARKER>_" */
-      (*mangled) += 3;
-      work -> destructor += 1;
-    }
-  else if ((*mangled)[0] == '_'
-	   && (((*mangled)[1] == '_'
-		&& (*mangled)[2] == 'v'
-		&& (*mangled)[3] == 't'
-		&& (*mangled)[4] == '_')
-	       || ((*mangled)[1] == 'v'
-		   && (*mangled)[2] == 't' && (*mangled)[3] != '\0'
-		   && strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[3]) != NULL)))
-    {
-      /* Found a GNU style virtual table, get past "_vt<CPLUS_MARKER>"
-         and create the decl.  Note that we consume the entire mangled
-	 input string, which means that demangle_signature has no work
-	 to do.  */
-      if ((*mangled)[2] == 'v')
-	(*mangled) += 5; /* New style, with thunks: "__vt_" */
-      else
-	(*mangled) += 4; /* Old style, no thunks: "_vt<CPLUS_MARKER>" */
-      while (**mangled != '\0')
-	{
-	  switch (**mangled)
-	    {
-	    case 'Q':
-	    case 'K':
-	      success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1);
-	      break;
-	    case 't':
-	      success = demangle_template (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1,
-					   1);
-	      break;
-	    default:
-	      if (ISDIGIT((unsigned char)*mangled[0]))
-		{
-		  n = consume_count(mangled);
-		  /* We may be seeing a too-large size, or else a
-		     ".<digits>" indicating a static local symbol.  In
-		     any case, declare victory and move on; *don't* try
-		     to use n to allocate.  */
-		  if (n > (int) strlen (*mangled))
-		    {
-		      success = 1;
-		      break;
-		    }
-		  else if (n == -1)
-		    {
-		      success = 0;
-		      break;
-		    }
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  n = strcspn (*mangled, cplus_markers);
-		}
-	      string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n);
-	      (*mangled) += n;
-	    }
-
-	  p = strpbrk (*mangled, cplus_markers);
-	  if (success && ((p == NULL) || (p == *mangled)))
-	    {
-	      if (p != NULL)
-		{
-		  string_append (declp, SCOPE_STRING (work));
-		  (*mangled)++;
-		}
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      success = 0;
-	      break;
-	    }
-	}
-      if (success)
-	string_append (declp, " virtual table");
-    }
-  else if ((*mangled)[0] == '_'
-	   && (strchr("0123456789Qt", (*mangled)[1]) != NULL)
-	   && (p = strpbrk (*mangled, cplus_markers)) != NULL)
-    {
-      /* static data member, "_3foo$varname" for example */
-      (*mangled)++;
-      switch (**mangled)
-	{
-	case 'Q':
-	case 'K':
-	  success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1);
-	  break;
-	case 't':
-	  success = demangle_template (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1, 1);
-	  break;
-	default:
-	  n = consume_count (mangled);
-	  if (n < 0 || n > (long) strlen (*mangled))
-	    {
-	      success = 0;
-	      break;
-	    }
-
-	  if (n > 10 && strncmp (*mangled, "_GLOBAL_", 8) == 0
-	      && (*mangled)[9] == 'N'
-	      && (*mangled)[8] == (*mangled)[10]
-	      && strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[8]))
-	    {
-	      /* A member of the anonymous namespace.  There's information
-		 about what identifier or filename it was keyed to, but
-		 it's just there to make the mangled name unique; we just
-		 step over it.  */
-	      string_append (declp, "{anonymous}");
-	      (*mangled) += n;
-
-	      /* Now p points to the marker before the N, so we need to
-		 update it to the first marker after what we consumed.  */
-	      p = strpbrk (*mangled, cplus_markers);
-	      break;
-	    }
-
-	  string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n);
-	  (*mangled) += n;
-	}
-      if (success && (p == *mangled))
-	{
-	  /* Consumed everything up to the cplus_marker, append the
-	     variable name.  */
-	  (*mangled)++;
-	  string_append (declp, SCOPE_STRING (work));
-	  n = strlen (*mangled);
-	  string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n);
-	  (*mangled) += n;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  success = 0;
-	}
-    }
-  else if (strncmp (*mangled, "__thunk_", 8) == 0)
-    {
-      int delta;
-
-      (*mangled) += 8;
-      delta = consume_count (mangled);
-      if (delta == -1)
-	success = 0;
-      else if (**mangled != '_')
-        success = 0;
-      else
-	{
-	  char *method = internal_cplus_demangle (work, ++*mangled);
-
-	  if (method)
-	    {
-	      char buf[50];
-	      sprintf (buf, "virtual function thunk (delta:%d) for ", -delta);
-	      string_append (declp, buf);
-	      string_append (declp, method);
-	      free (method);
-	      n = strlen (*mangled);
-	      (*mangled) += n;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      success = 0;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-  else if (strncmp (*mangled, "__t", 3) == 0
-	   && ((*mangled)[3] == 'i' || (*mangled)[3] == 'f'))
-    {
-      p = (*mangled)[3] == 'i' ? " type_info node" : " type_info function";
-      (*mangled) += 4;
-      switch (**mangled)
-	{
-	case 'Q':
-	case 'K':
-	  success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1);
-	  break;
-	case 't':
-	  success = demangle_template (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1, 1);
-	  break;
-	default:
-	  success = do_type (work, mangled, declp);
-	  break;
-	}
-      if (success && **mangled != '\0')
-	success = 0;
-      if (success)
-	string_append (declp, p);
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      success = 0;
-    }
-  return (success);
-}
-
-static void
-recursively_demangle(struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
-                     string *result, int namelength)
-{
-  char * recurse = (char *)NULL;
-  char * recurse_dem = (char *)NULL;
-
-  recurse = XNEWVEC (char, namelength + 1);
-  memcpy (recurse, *mangled, namelength);
-  recurse[namelength] = '\000';
-
-  recurse_dem = cplus_demangle (recurse, work->options);
-
-  if (recurse_dem)
-    {
-      string_append (result, recurse_dem);
-      free (recurse_dem);
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      string_appendn (result, *mangled, namelength);
-    }
-  free (recurse);
-  *mangled += namelength;
-}
-
-/*
-
-LOCAL FUNCTION
-
-	arm_special -- special handling of ARM/lucid mangled strings
-
-SYNOPSIS
-
-	static int
-	arm_special (const char **mangled,
-		     string *declp);
-
-
-DESCRIPTION
-
-	Process some special ARM style mangling forms that don't fit
-	the normal pattern.  For example:
-
-		__vtbl__3foo		(foo virtual table)
-		__vtbl__3foo__3bar	(bar::foo virtual table)
-
- */
-
-static int
-arm_special (const char **mangled, string *declp)
-{
-  int n;
-  int success = 1;
-  const char *scan;
-
-  if (strncmp (*mangled, ARM_VTABLE_STRING, ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN) == 0)
-    {
-      /* Found a ARM style virtual table, get past ARM_VTABLE_STRING
-         and create the decl.  Note that we consume the entire mangled
-	 input string, which means that demangle_signature has no work
-	 to do.  */
-      scan = *mangled + ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN;
-      while (*scan != '\0')        /* first check it can be demangled */
-        {
-          n = consume_count (&scan);
-          if (n == -1)
-	    {
-	      return (0);           /* no good */
-	    }
-          scan += n;
-          if (scan[0] == '_' && scan[1] == '_')
-	    {
-	      scan += 2;
-	    }
-        }
-      (*mangled) += ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN;
-      while (**mangled != '\0')
-	{
-	  n = consume_count (mangled);
-          if (n == -1
-	      || n > (long) strlen (*mangled))
-	    return 0;
-	  string_prependn (declp, *mangled, n);
-	  (*mangled) += n;
-	  if ((*mangled)[0] == '_' && (*mangled)[1] == '_')
-	    {
-	      string_prepend (declp, "::");
-	      (*mangled) += 2;
-	    }
-	}
-      string_append (declp, " virtual table");
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      success = 0;
-    }
-  return (success);
-}
-
-/*
-
-LOCAL FUNCTION
-
-	demangle_qualified -- demangle 'Q' qualified name strings
-
-SYNOPSIS
-
-	static int
-	demangle_qualified (struct work_stuff *, const char *mangled,
-			    string *result, int isfuncname, int append);
-
-DESCRIPTION
-
-	Demangle a qualified name, such as "Q25Outer5Inner" which is
-	the mangled form of "Outer::Inner".  The demangled output is
-	prepended or appended to the result string according to the
-	state of the append flag.
-
-	If isfuncname is nonzero, then the qualified name we are building
-	is going to be used as a member function name, so if it is a
-	constructor or destructor function, append an appropriate
-	constructor or destructor name.  I.E. for the above example,
-	the result for use as a constructor is "Outer::Inner::Inner"
-	and the result for use as a destructor is "Outer::Inner::~Inner".
-
-BUGS
-
-	Numeric conversion is ASCII dependent (FIXME).
-
- */
-
-static int
-demangle_qualified (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
-                    string *result, int isfuncname, int append)
-{
-  int qualifiers = 0;
-  int success = 1;
-  char num[2];
-  string temp;
-  string last_name;
-  int bindex = register_Btype (work);
-
-  /* We only make use of ISFUNCNAME if the entity is a constructor or
-     destructor.  */
-  isfuncname = (isfuncname
-		&& ((work->constructor & 1) || (work->destructor & 1)));
-
-  string_init (&temp);
-  string_init (&last_name);
-
-  if ((*mangled)[0] == 'K')
-    {
-    /* Squangling qualified name reuse */
-      int idx;
-      (*mangled)++;
-      idx = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled);
-      if (idx == -1 || idx >= work -> numk)
-        success = 0;
-      else
-        string_append (&temp, work -> ktypevec[idx]);
-    }
-  else
-    switch ((*mangled)[1])
-    {
-    case '_':
-      /* GNU mangled name with more than 9 classes.  The count is preceded
-	 by an underscore (to distinguish it from the <= 9 case) and followed
-	 by an underscore.  */
-      (*mangled)++;
-      qualifiers = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled);
-      if (qualifiers == -1)
-	success = 0;
-      break;
-
-    case '1':
-    case '2':
-    case '3':
-    case '4':
-    case '5':
-    case '6':
-    case '7':
-    case '8':
-    case '9':
-      /* The count is in a single digit.  */
-      num[0] = (*mangled)[1];
-      num[1] = '\0';
-      qualifiers = atoi (num);
-
-      /* If there is an underscore after the digit, skip it.  This is
-	 said to be for ARM-qualified names, but the ARM makes no
-	 mention of such an underscore.  Perhaps cfront uses one.  */
-      if ((*mangled)[2] == '_')
-	{
-	  (*mangled)++;
-	}
-      (*mangled) += 2;
-      break;
-
-    case '0':
-    default:
-      success = 0;
-    }
-
-  if (!success)
-    return success;
-
-  /* Pick off the names and collect them in the temp buffer in the order
-     in which they are found, separated by '::'.  */
-
-  while (qualifiers-- > 0)
-    {
-      int remember_K = 1;
-      string_clear (&last_name);
-
-      if (*mangled[0] == '_')
-	(*mangled)++;
-
-      if (*mangled[0] == 't')
-	{
-	  /* Here we always append to TEMP since we will want to use
-	     the template name without the template parameters as a
-	     constructor or destructor name.  The appropriate
-	     (parameter-less) value is returned by demangle_template
-	     in LAST_NAME.  We do not remember the template type here,
-	     in order to match the G++ mangling algorithm.  */
-	  success = demangle_template(work, mangled, &temp,
-				      &last_name, 1, 0);
-	  if (!success)
-	    break;
-	}
-      else if (*mangled[0] == 'K')
-	{
-          int idx;
-          (*mangled)++;
-          idx = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled);
-          if (idx == -1 || idx >= work->numk)
-            success = 0;
-          else
-            string_append (&temp, work->ktypevec[idx]);
-          remember_K = 0;
-
-	  if (!success) break;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  if (EDG_DEMANGLING)
-            {
-	      int namelength;
- 	      /* Now recursively demangle the qualifier
- 	       * This is necessary to deal with templates in
- 	       * mangling styles like EDG */
-	      namelength = consume_count (mangled);
-	      if (namelength == -1)
-		{
-		  success = 0;
-		  break;
-		}
- 	      recursively_demangle(work, mangled, &temp, namelength);
-            }
-          else
-            {
-              string_delete (&last_name);
-              success = do_type (work, mangled, &last_name);
-              if (!success)
-                break;
-              string_appends (&temp, &last_name);
-            }
-	}
-
-      if (remember_K)
-	remember_Ktype (work, temp.b, LEN_STRING (&temp));
-
-      if (qualifiers > 0)
-	string_append (&temp, SCOPE_STRING (work));
-    }
-
-  remember_Btype (work, temp.b, LEN_STRING (&temp), bindex);
-
-  /* If we are using the result as a function name, we need to append
-     the appropriate '::' separated constructor or destructor name.
-     We do this here because this is the most convenient place, where
-     we already have a pointer to the name and the length of the name.  */
-
-  if (isfuncname)
-    {
-      string_append (&temp, SCOPE_STRING (work));
-      if (work -> destructor & 1)
-	string_append (&temp, "~");
-      string_appends (&temp, &last_name);
-    }
-
-  /* Now either prepend the temp buffer to the result, or append it,
-     depending upon the state of the append flag.  */
-
-  if (append)
-    string_appends (result, &temp);
-  else
-    {
-      if (!STRING_EMPTY (result))
-	string_append (&temp, SCOPE_STRING (work));
-      string_prepends (result, &temp);
-    }
-
-  string_delete (&last_name);
-  string_delete (&temp);
-  return (success);
-}
-
-/*
-
-LOCAL FUNCTION
-
-	get_count -- convert an ascii count to integer, consuming tokens
-
-SYNOPSIS
-
-	static int
-	get_count (const char **type, int *count)
-
-DESCRIPTION
-
-	Assume that *type points at a count in a mangled name; set
-	*count to its value, and set *type to the next character after
-	the count.  There are some weird rules in effect here.
-
-	If *type does not point at a string of digits, return zero.
-
-	If *type points at a string of digits followed by an
-	underscore, set *count to their value as an integer, advance
-	*type to point *after the underscore, and return 1.
-
-	If *type points at a string of digits not followed by an
-	underscore, consume only the first digit.  Set *count to its
-	value as an integer, leave *type pointing after that digit,
-	and return 1.
-
-        The excuse for this odd behavior: in the ARM and HP demangling
-        styles, a type can be followed by a repeat count of the form
-        `Nxy', where:
-
-        `x' is a single digit specifying how many additional copies
-            of the type to append to the argument list, and
-
-        `y' is one or more digits, specifying the zero-based index of
-            the first repeated argument in the list.  Yes, as you're
-            unmangling the name you can figure this out yourself, but
-            it's there anyway.
-
-        So, for example, in `bar__3fooFPiN51', the first argument is a
-        pointer to an integer (`Pi'), and then the next five arguments
-        are the same (`N5'), and the first repeat is the function's
-        second argument (`1').
-*/
-
-static int
-get_count (const char **type, int *count)
-{
-  const char *p;
-  int n;
-
-  if (!ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**type))
-    return (0);
-  else
-    {
-      *count = **type - '0';
-      (*type)++;
-      if (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**type))
-	{
-	  p = *type;
-	  n = *count;
-	  do
-	    {
-	      n *= 10;
-	      n += *p - '0';
-	      p++;
-	    }
-	  while (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)*p));
-	  if (*p == '_')
-	    {
-	      *type = p + 1;
-	      *count = n;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-  return (1);
-}
-
-/* RESULT will be initialised here; it will be freed on failure.  The
-   value returned is really a type_kind_t.  */
-
-static int
-do_type (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, string *result)
-{
-  int n;
-  int i;
-  int is_proctypevec;
-  int done;
-  int success;
-  string decl;
-  const char *remembered_type;
-  int type_quals;
-  type_kind_t tk = tk_none;
-
-  string_init (&decl);
-  string_init (result);
-
-  done = 0;
-  success = 1;
-  is_proctypevec = 0;
-  while (success && !done)
-    {
-      int member;
-      switch (**mangled)
-	{
-
-	  /* A pointer type */
-	case 'P':
-	case 'p':
-	  (*mangled)++;
-	  if (! (work -> options & DMGL_JAVA))
-	    string_prepend (&decl, "*");
-	  if (tk == tk_none)
-	    tk = tk_pointer;
-	  break;
-
-	  /* A reference type */
-	case 'R':
-	  (*mangled)++;
-	  string_prepend (&decl, "&");
-	  if (tk == tk_none)
-	    tk = tk_reference;
-	  break;
-
-	  /* An rvalue reference type */
-	case 'O':
-	  (*mangled)++;
-	  string_prepend (&decl, "&&");
-	  if (tk == tk_none)
-	    tk = tk_rvalue_reference;
-	  break;
-
-	  /* An array */
-	case 'A':
-	  {
-	    ++(*mangled);
-	    if (!STRING_EMPTY (&decl)
-		&& (decl.b[0] == '*' || decl.b[0] == '&'))
-	      {
-		string_prepend (&decl, "(");
-		string_append (&decl, ")");
-	      }
-	    string_append (&decl, "[");
-	    if (**mangled != '_')
-	      success = demangle_template_value_parm (work, mangled, &decl,
-						      tk_integral);
-	    if (**mangled == '_')
-	      ++(*mangled);
-	    string_append (&decl, "]");
-	    break;
-	  }
-
-	/* A back reference to a previously seen type */
-	case 'T':
-	  (*mangled)++;
-	  if (!get_count (mangled, &n) || n < 0 || n >= work -> ntypes)
-	    {
-	      success = 0;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    for (i = 0; i < work->nproctypes; i++)
-	      if (work -> proctypevec [i] == n)
-	        success = 0;
-
-	  if (success)
-	    {    
-	      is_proctypevec = 1;
-	      push_processed_type (work, n);
-	      remembered_type = work->typevec[n];
-	      mangled = &remembered_type;
-	    }
-	  break;
-
-	  /* A function */
-	case 'F':
-	  (*mangled)++;
-	    if (!STRING_EMPTY (&decl)
-		&& (decl.b[0] == '*' || decl.b[0] == '&'))
-	    {
-	      string_prepend (&decl, "(");
-	      string_append (&decl, ")");
-	    }
-	  /* After picking off the function args, we expect to either find the
-	     function return type (preceded by an '_') or the end of the
-	     string.  */
-	  if (!demangle_nested_args (work, mangled, &decl)
-	      || (**mangled != '_' && **mangled != '\0'))
-	    {
-	      success = 0;
-	      break;
-	    }
-	  if (success && (**mangled == '_'))
-	    (*mangled)++;
-	  break;
-
-	case 'M':
-	  {
-	    type_quals = TYPE_UNQUALIFIED;
-
-	    member = **mangled == 'M';
-	    (*mangled)++;
-
-	    string_append (&decl, ")");
-
-	    /* We don't need to prepend `::' for a qualified name;
-	       demangle_qualified will do that for us.  */
-	    if (**mangled != 'Q')
-	      string_prepend (&decl, SCOPE_STRING (work));
-
-	    if (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**mangled))
-	      {
-		n = consume_count (mangled);
-		if (n == -1
-		    || (int) strlen (*mangled) < n)
-		  {
-		    success = 0;
-		    break;
-		  }
-		string_prependn (&decl, *mangled, n);
-		*mangled += n;
-	      }
-	    else if (**mangled == 'X' || **mangled == 'Y')
-	      {
-		string temp;
-		do_type (work, mangled, &temp);
-		string_prepends (&decl, &temp);
-		string_delete (&temp);
-	      }
-	    else if (**mangled == 't')
-	      {
-		string temp;
-		string_init (&temp);
-		success = demangle_template (work, mangled, &temp,
-					     NULL, 1, 1);
-		if (success)
-		  {
-		    string_prependn (&decl, temp.b, temp.p - temp.b);
-		    string_delete (&temp);
-		  }
-		else
-		  {
-		    string_delete (&temp);
-		    break;
-		  }
-	      }
-	    else if (**mangled == 'Q')
-	      {
-		success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, &decl,
-					      /*isfuncnam=*/0, 
-					      /*append=*/0);
-		if (!success)
-		  break;
-	      }
-	    else
-	      {
-		success = 0;
-		break;
-	      }
-
-	    string_prepend (&decl, "(");
-	    if (member)
-	      {
-		switch (**mangled)
-		  {
-		  case 'C':
-		  case 'V':
-		  case 'u':
-		    type_quals |= code_for_qualifier (**mangled);
-		    (*mangled)++;
-		    break;
-
-		  default:
-		    break;
-		  }
-
-		if (*(*mangled) != 'F')
-		  {
-		    success = 0;
-		    break;
-		  }
-		(*mangled)++;
-	      }
-	    if ((member && !demangle_nested_args (work, mangled, &decl))
-		|| **mangled != '_')
-	      {
-		success = 0;
-		break;
-	      }
-	    (*mangled)++;
-	    if (! PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS)
-	      {
-		break;
-	      }
-	    if (type_quals != TYPE_UNQUALIFIED)
-	      {
-		APPEND_BLANK (&decl);
-		string_append (&decl, qualifier_string (type_quals));
-	      }
-	    break;
-	  }
-        case 'G':
-	  (*mangled)++;
-	  break;
-
-	case 'C':
-	case 'V':
-	case 'u':
-	  if (PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS)
-	    {
-	      if (!STRING_EMPTY (&decl))
-		string_prepend (&decl, " ");
-
-	      string_prepend (&decl, demangle_qualifier (**mangled));
-	    }
-	  (*mangled)++;
-	  break;
-	  /*
-	    }
-	    */
-
-	  /* fall through */
-	default:
-	  done = 1;
-	  break;
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (success) switch (**mangled)
-    {
-      /* A qualified name, such as "Outer::Inner".  */
-    case 'Q':
-    case 'K':
-      {
-        success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, result, 0, 1);
-        break;
-      }
-
-    /* A back reference to a previously seen squangled type */
-    case 'B':
-      (*mangled)++;
-      if (!get_count (mangled, &n) || n < 0 || n >= work -> numb)
-	success = 0;
-      else
-	string_append (result, work->btypevec[n]);
-      break;
-
-    case 'X':
-    case 'Y':
-      /* A template parm.  We substitute the corresponding argument. */
-      {
-	int idx;
-
-	(*mangled)++;
-	idx = consume_count_with_underscores (mangled);
-
-	if (idx == -1
-	    || (work->tmpl_argvec && idx >= work->ntmpl_args)
-	    || consume_count_with_underscores (mangled) == -1)
-	  {
-	    success = 0;
-	    break;
-	  }
-
-	if (work->tmpl_argvec)
-	  string_append (result, work->tmpl_argvec[idx]);
-	else
-	  string_append_template_idx (result, idx);
-
-	success = 1;
-      }
-    break;
-
-    default:
-      success = demangle_fund_type (work, mangled, result);
-      if (tk == tk_none)
-	tk = (type_kind_t) success;
-      break;
-    }
-
-  if (success)
-    {
-      if (!STRING_EMPTY (&decl))
-	{
-	  string_append (result, " ");
-	  string_appends (result, &decl);
-	}
-    }
-  else
-    string_delete (result);
-  string_delete (&decl);
-
-  if (is_proctypevec)
-    pop_processed_type (work); 
-
-  if (success)
-    /* Assume an integral type, if we're not sure.  */
-    return (int) ((tk == tk_none) ? tk_integral : tk);
-  else
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/* Given a pointer to a type string that represents a fundamental type
-   argument (int, long, unsigned int, etc) in TYPE, a pointer to the
-   string in which the demangled output is being built in RESULT, and
-   the WORK structure, decode the types and add them to the result.
-
-   For example:
-
-   	"Ci"	=>	"const int"
-	"Sl"	=>	"signed long"
-	"CUs"	=>	"const unsigned short"
-
-   The value returned is really a type_kind_t.  */
-
-static int
-demangle_fund_type (struct work_stuff *work,
-                    const char **mangled, string *result)
-{
-  int done = 0;
-  int success = 1;
-  char buf[INTBUF_SIZE + 5 /* 'int%u_t' */];
-  unsigned int dec = 0;
-  type_kind_t tk = tk_integral;
-
-  /* First pick off any type qualifiers.  There can be more than one.  */
-
-  while (!done)
-    {
-      switch (**mangled)
-	{
-	case 'C':
-	case 'V':
-	case 'u':
-	  if (PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS)
-	    {
-              if (!STRING_EMPTY (result))
-                string_prepend (result, " ");
-	      string_prepend (result, demangle_qualifier (**mangled));
-	    }
-	  (*mangled)++;
-	  break;
-	case 'U':
-	  (*mangled)++;
-	  APPEND_BLANK (result);
-	  string_append (result, "unsigned");
-	  break;
-	case 'S': /* signed char only */
-	  (*mangled)++;
-	  APPEND_BLANK (result);
-	  string_append (result, "signed");
-	  break;
-	case 'J':
-	  (*mangled)++;
-	  APPEND_BLANK (result);
-	  string_append (result, "__complex");
-	  break;
-	default:
-	  done = 1;
-	  break;
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* Now pick off the fundamental type.  There can be only one.  */
-
-  switch (**mangled)
-    {
-    case '\0':
-    case '_':
-      break;
-    case 'v':
-      (*mangled)++;
-      APPEND_BLANK (result);
-      string_append (result, "void");
-      break;
-    case 'x':
-      (*mangled)++;
-      APPEND_BLANK (result);
-      string_append (result, "long long");
-      break;
-    case 'l':
-      (*mangled)++;
-      APPEND_BLANK (result);
-      string_append (result, "long");
-      break;
-    case 'i':
-      (*mangled)++;
-      APPEND_BLANK (result);
-      string_append (result, "int");
-      break;
-    case 's':
-      (*mangled)++;
-      APPEND_BLANK (result);
-      string_append (result, "short");
-      break;
-    case 'b':
-      (*mangled)++;
-      APPEND_BLANK (result);
-      string_append (result, "bool");
-      tk = tk_bool;
-      break;
-    case 'c':
-      (*mangled)++;
-      APPEND_BLANK (result);
-      string_append (result, "char");
-      tk = tk_char;
-      break;
-    case 'w':
-      (*mangled)++;
-      APPEND_BLANK (result);
-      string_append (result, "wchar_t");
-      tk = tk_char;
-      break;
-    case 'r':
-      (*mangled)++;
-      APPEND_BLANK (result);
-      string_append (result, "long double");
-      tk = tk_real;
-      break;
-    case 'd':
-      (*mangled)++;
-      APPEND_BLANK (result);
-      string_append (result, "double");
-      tk = tk_real;
-      break;
-    case 'f':
-      (*mangled)++;
-      APPEND_BLANK (result);
-      string_append (result, "float");
-      tk = tk_real;
-      break;
-    case 'G':
-      (*mangled)++;
-      if (!ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**mangled))
-	{
-	  success = 0;
-	  break;
-	}
-      /* fall through */
-    case 'I':
-      (*mangled)++;
-      if (**mangled == '_')
-	{
-	  int i;
-	  (*mangled)++;
-	  for (i = 0;
-	       i < (long) sizeof (buf) - 1 && **mangled && **mangled != '_';
-	       (*mangled)++, i++)
-	    buf[i] = **mangled;
-	  if (**mangled != '_')
-	    {
-	      success = 0;
-	      break;
-	    }
-	  buf[i] = '\0';
-	  (*mangled)++;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  strncpy (buf, *mangled, 2);
-	  buf[2] = '\0';
-	  *mangled += min (strlen (*mangled), 2);
-	}
-      sscanf (buf, "%x", &dec);
-      sprintf (buf, "int%u_t", dec);
-      APPEND_BLANK (result);
-      string_append (result, buf);
-      break;
-
-      /* fall through */
-      /* An explicit type, such as "6mytype" or "7integer" */
-    case '0':
-    case '1':
-    case '2':
-    case '3':
-    case '4':
-    case '5':
-    case '6':
-    case '7':
-    case '8':
-    case '9':
-      {
-        int bindex = register_Btype (work);
-        string btype;
-        string_init (&btype);
-        if (demangle_class_name (work, mangled, &btype)) {
-          remember_Btype (work, btype.b, LEN_STRING (&btype), bindex);
-          APPEND_BLANK (result);
-          string_appends (result, &btype);
-        }
-        else
-          success = 0;
-        string_delete (&btype);
-        break;
-      }
-    case 't':
-      {
-        string btype;
-        string_init (&btype);
-        success = demangle_template (work, mangled, &btype, 0, 1, 1);
-        string_appends (result, &btype);
-        string_delete (&btype);
-        break;
-      }
-    default:
-      success = 0;
-      break;
-    }
-
-  return success ? ((int) tk) : 0;
-}
-
-
-/* Handle a template's value parameter for HP aCC (extension from ARM)
-   **mangled points to 'S' or 'U' */
-
-static int
-do_hpacc_template_const_value (struct work_stuff *work ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
-                               const char **mangled, string *result)
-{
-  int unsigned_const;
-
-  if (**mangled != 'U' && **mangled != 'S')
-    return 0;
-
-  unsigned_const = (**mangled == 'U');
-
-  (*mangled)++;
-
-  switch (**mangled)
-    {
-      case 'N':
-        string_append (result, "-");
-        /* fall through */
-      case 'P':
-        (*mangled)++;
-        break;
-      case 'M':
-        /* special case for -2^31 */
-        string_append (result, "-2147483648");
-        (*mangled)++;
-        return 1;
-      default:
-        return 0;
-    }
-
-  /* We have to be looking at an integer now */
-  if (!(ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**mangled)))
-    return 0;
-
-  /* We only deal with integral values for template
-     parameters -- so it's OK to look only for digits */
-  while (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**mangled))
-    {
-      char_str[0] = **mangled;
-      string_append (result, char_str);
-      (*mangled)++;
-    }
-
-  if (unsigned_const)
-    string_append (result, "U");
-
-  /* FIXME? Some day we may have 64-bit (or larger :-) ) constants
-     with L or LL suffixes. pai/1997-09-03 */
-
-  return 1; /* success */
-}
-
-/* Handle a template's literal parameter for HP aCC (extension from ARM)
-   **mangled is pointing to the 'A' */
-
-static int
-do_hpacc_template_literal (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
-                           string *result)
-{
-  int literal_len = 0;
-  char * recurse;
-  char * recurse_dem;
-
-  if (**mangled != 'A')
-    return 0;
-
-  (*mangled)++;
-
-  literal_len = consume_count (mangled);
-
-  if (literal_len <= 0
-      || literal_len > (long) strlen (*mangled))
-    return 0;
-
-  /* Literal parameters are names of arrays, functions, etc.  and the
-     canonical representation uses the address operator */
-  string_append (result, "&");
-
-  /* Now recursively demangle the literal name */
-  recurse = XNEWVEC (char, literal_len + 1);
-  memcpy (recurse, *mangled, literal_len);
-  recurse[literal_len] = '\000';
-
-  recurse_dem = cplus_demangle (recurse, work->options);
-
-  if (recurse_dem)
-    {
-      string_append (result, recurse_dem);
-      free (recurse_dem);
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      string_appendn (result, *mangled, literal_len);
-    }
-  (*mangled) += literal_len;
-  free (recurse);
-
-  return 1;
-}
-
-static int
-snarf_numeric_literal (const char **args, string *arg)
-{
-  if (**args == '-')
-    {
-      char_str[0] = '-';
-      string_append (arg, char_str);
-      (*args)++;
-    }
-  else if (**args == '+')
-    (*args)++;
-
-  if (!ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**args))
-    return 0;
-
-  while (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)**args))
-    {
-      char_str[0] = **args;
-      string_append (arg, char_str);
-      (*args)++;
-    }
-
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/* Demangle the next argument, given by MANGLED into RESULT, which
-   *should be an uninitialized* string.  It will be initialized here,
-   and free'd should anything go wrong.  */
-
-static int
-do_arg (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled, string *result)
-{
-  /* Remember where we started so that we can record the type, for
-     non-squangling type remembering.  */
-  const char *start = *mangled;
-
-  string_init (result);
-
-  if (work->nrepeats > 0)
-    {
-      --work->nrepeats;
-
-      if (work->previous_argument == 0)
-	return 0;
-
-      /* We want to reissue the previous type in this argument list.  */
-      string_appends (result, work->previous_argument);
-      return 1;
-    }
-
-  if (**mangled == 'n')
-    {
-      /* A squangling-style repeat.  */
-      (*mangled)++;
-      work->nrepeats = consume_count(mangled);
-
-      if (work->nrepeats <= 0)
-	/* This was not a repeat count after all.  */
-	return 0;
-
-      if (work->nrepeats > 9)
-	{
-	  if (**mangled != '_')
-	    /* The repeat count should be followed by an '_' in this
-	       case.  */
-	    return 0;
-	  else
-	    (*mangled)++;
-	}
-
-      /* Now, the repeat is all set up.  */
-      return do_arg (work, mangled, result);
-    }
-
-  /* Save the result in WORK->previous_argument so that we can find it
-     if it's repeated.  Note that saving START is not good enough: we
-     do not want to add additional types to the back-referenceable
-     type vector when processing a repeated type.  */
-  if (work->previous_argument)
-    string_delete (work->previous_argument);
-  else
-    work->previous_argument = XNEW (string);
-
-  if (!do_type (work, mangled, work->previous_argument))
-    return 0;
-
-  string_appends (result, work->previous_argument);
-
-  remember_type (work, start, *mangled - start);
-  return 1;
-}
-
-static void
-push_processed_type (struct work_stuff *work, int typevec_index)
-{
-  if (work->nproctypes >= work->proctypevec_size)
-    {
-      if (!work->proctypevec_size)
-	{
-	  work->proctypevec_size = 4;
-	  work->proctypevec = XNEWVEC (int, work->proctypevec_size);
-	}
-      else 
-	{
-	  if (work->proctypevec_size < 16)
-	    /* Double when small.  */
-	    work->proctypevec_size *= 2;
-	  else
-	    {
-	      /* Grow slower when large.  */
-	      if (work->proctypevec_size > (INT_MAX / 3) * 2)
-                xmalloc_failed (INT_MAX);
-              work->proctypevec_size = (work->proctypevec_size * 3 / 2);
-	    }   
-          work->proctypevec
-            = XRESIZEVEC (int, work->proctypevec, work->proctypevec_size);
-	}
-    }
-    work->proctypevec [work->nproctypes++] = typevec_index;
-}
-
-static void
-pop_processed_type (struct work_stuff *work)
-{
-  work->nproctypes--;
-}
-
-static void
-remember_type (struct work_stuff *work, const char *start, int len)
-{
-  char *tem;
-
-  if (work->forgetting_types)
-    return;
-
-  if (work -> ntypes >= work -> typevec_size)
-    {
-      if (work -> typevec_size == 0)
-	{
-	  work -> typevec_size = 3;
-	  work -> typevec = XNEWVEC (char *, work->typevec_size);
-	}
-      else
-	{
-          if (work -> typevec_size > INT_MAX / 2)
-	    xmalloc_failed (INT_MAX);
-	  work -> typevec_size *= 2;
-	  work -> typevec
-	    = XRESIZEVEC (char *, work->typevec, work->typevec_size);
-	}
-    }
-  tem = XNEWVEC (char, len + 1);
-  memcpy (tem, start, len);
-  tem[len] = '\0';
-  work -> typevec[work -> ntypes++] = tem;
-}
-
-
-/* Remember a K type class qualifier. */
-static void
-remember_Ktype (struct work_stuff *work, const char *start, int len)
-{
-  char *tem;
-
-  if (work -> numk >= work -> ksize)
-    {
-      if (work -> ksize == 0)
-	{
-	  work -> ksize = 5;
-	  work -> ktypevec = XNEWVEC (char *, work->ksize);
-	}
-      else
-	{
-          if (work -> ksize > INT_MAX / 2)
-	    xmalloc_failed (INT_MAX);
-	  work -> ksize *= 2;
-	  work -> ktypevec
-	    = XRESIZEVEC (char *, work->ktypevec, work->ksize);
-	}
-    }
-  tem = XNEWVEC (char, len + 1);
-  memcpy (tem, start, len);
-  tem[len] = '\0';
-  work -> ktypevec[work -> numk++] = tem;
-}
-
-/* Register a B code, and get an index for it. B codes are registered
-   as they are seen, rather than as they are completed, so map<temp<char> >
-   registers map<temp<char> > as B0, and temp<char> as B1 */
-
-static int
-register_Btype (struct work_stuff *work)
-{
-  int ret;
-
-  if (work -> numb >= work -> bsize)
-    {
-      if (work -> bsize == 0)
-	{
-	  work -> bsize = 5;
-	  work -> btypevec = XNEWVEC (char *, work->bsize);
-	}
-      else
-	{
-          if (work -> bsize > INT_MAX / 2)
-	    xmalloc_failed (INT_MAX);
-	  work -> bsize *= 2;
-	  work -> btypevec
-	    = XRESIZEVEC (char *, work->btypevec, work->bsize);
-	}
-    }
-  ret = work -> numb++;
-  work -> btypevec[ret] = NULL;
-  return(ret);
-}
-
-/* Store a value into a previously registered B code type. */
-
-static void
-remember_Btype (struct work_stuff *work, const char *start,
-                int len, int index)
-{
-  char *tem;
-
-  tem = XNEWVEC (char, len + 1);
-  memcpy (tem, start, len);
-  tem[len] = '\0';
-  work -> btypevec[index] = tem;
-}
-
-/* Lose all the info related to B and K type codes. */
-static void
-forget_B_and_K_types (struct work_stuff *work)
-{
-  int i;
-
-  while (work -> numk > 0)
-    {
-      i = --(work -> numk);
-      if (work -> ktypevec[i] != NULL)
-	{
-	  free (work -> ktypevec[i]);
-	  work -> ktypevec[i] = NULL;
-	}
-    }
-
-  while (work -> numb > 0)
-    {
-      i = --(work -> numb);
-      if (work -> btypevec[i] != NULL)
-	{
-	  free (work -> btypevec[i]);
-	  work -> btypevec[i] = NULL;
-	}
-    }
-}
-/* Forget the remembered types, but not the type vector itself.  */
-
-static void
-forget_types (struct work_stuff *work)
-{
-  int i;
-
-  while (work -> ntypes > 0)
-    {
-      i = --(work -> ntypes);
-      if (work -> typevec[i] != NULL)
-	{
-	  free (work -> typevec[i]);
-	  work -> typevec[i] = NULL;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/* Process the argument list part of the signature, after any class spec
-   has been consumed, as well as the first 'F' character (if any).  For
-   example:
-
-   "__als__3fooRT0"		=>	process "RT0"
-   "complexfunc5__FPFPc_PFl_i"	=>	process "PFPc_PFl_i"
-
-   DECLP must be already initialised, usually non-empty.  It won't be freed
-   on failure.
-
-   Note that g++ differs significantly from ARM and lucid style mangling
-   with regards to references to previously seen types.  For example, given
-   the source fragment:
-
-     class foo {
-       public:
-       foo::foo (int, foo &ia, int, foo &ib, int, foo &ic);
-     };
-
-     foo::foo (int, foo &ia, int, foo &ib, int, foo &ic) { ia = ib = ic; }
-     void foo (int, foo &ia, int, foo &ib, int, foo &ic) { ia = ib = ic; }
-
-   g++ produces the names:
-
-     __3fooiRT0iT2iT2
-     foo__FiR3fooiT1iT1
-
-   while lcc (and presumably other ARM style compilers as well) produces:
-
-     foo__FiR3fooT1T2T1T2
-     __ct__3fooFiR3fooT1T2T1T2
-
-   Note that g++ bases its type numbers starting at zero and counts all
-   previously seen types, while lucid/ARM bases its type numbers starting
-   at one and only considers types after it has seen the 'F' character
-   indicating the start of the function args.  For lucid/ARM style, we
-   account for this difference by discarding any previously seen types when
-   we see the 'F' character, and subtracting one from the type number
-   reference.
-
- */
-
-static int
-demangle_args (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
-               string *declp)
-{
-  string arg;
-  int need_comma = 0;
-  int r;
-  int t;
-  const char *tem;
-  char temptype;
-
-  if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
-    {
-      string_append (declp, "(");
-      if (**mangled == '\0')
-	{
-	  string_append (declp, "void");
-	}
-    }
-
-  while ((**mangled != '_' && **mangled != '\0' && **mangled != 'e')
-	 || work->nrepeats > 0)
-    {
-      if ((**mangled == 'N') || (**mangled == 'T'))
-	{
-	  temptype = *(*mangled)++;
-
-	  if (temptype == 'N')
-	    {
-	      if (!get_count (mangled, &r))
-		{
-		  return (0);
-		}
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      r = 1;
-	    }
-          if ((HP_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING) && work -> ntypes >= 10)
-            {
-              /* If we have 10 or more types we might have more than a 1 digit
-                 index so we'll have to consume the whole count here. This
-                 will lose if the next thing is a type name preceded by a
-                 count but it's impossible to demangle that case properly
-                 anyway. Eg if we already have 12 types is T12Pc "(..., type1,
-                 Pc, ...)"  or "(..., type12, char *, ...)" */
-              if ((t = consume_count(mangled)) <= 0)
-                {
-                  return (0);
-                }
-            }
-          else
-	    {
-	      if (!get_count (mangled, &t))
-	    	{
-	          return (0);
-	    	}
-	    }
-	  if (LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING)
-	    {
-	      t--;
-	    }
-	  /* Validate the type index.  Protect against illegal indices from
-	     malformed type strings.  */
-	  if ((t < 0) || (t >= work -> ntypes))
-	    {
-	      return (0);
-	    }
-	  while (work->nrepeats > 0 || --r >= 0)
-	    {
-	      tem = work -> typevec[t];
-	      if (need_comma && PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
-		{
-		  string_append (declp, ", ");
-		}
-	      push_processed_type (work, t);  
-	      if (!do_arg (work, &tem, &arg))
-		{
-		  pop_processed_type (work);
-		  return (0);
-		}
-	      pop_processed_type (work);
-	      if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
-		{
-		  string_appends (declp, &arg);
-		}
-	      string_delete (&arg);
-	      need_comma = 1;
-	    }
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  if (need_comma && PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
-	    string_append (declp, ", ");
-	  if (!do_arg (work, mangled, &arg))
-	    return (0);
-	  if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
-	    string_appends (declp, &arg);
-	  string_delete (&arg);
-	  need_comma = 1;
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (**mangled == 'e')
-    {
-      (*mangled)++;
-      if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
-	{
-	  if (need_comma)
-	    {
-	      string_append (declp, ",");
-	    }
-	  string_append (declp, "...");
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
-    {
-      string_append (declp, ")");
-    }
-  return (1);
-}
-
-/* Like demangle_args, but for demangling the argument lists of function
-   and method pointers or references, not top-level declarations.  */
-
-static int
-demangle_nested_args (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
-                      string *declp)
-{
-  string* saved_previous_argument;
-  int result;
-  int saved_nrepeats;
-
-  /* The G++ name-mangling algorithm does not remember types on nested
-     argument lists, unless -fsquangling is used, and in that case the
-     type vector updated by remember_type is not used.  So, we turn
-     off remembering of types here.  */
-  ++work->forgetting_types;
-
-  /* For the repeat codes used with -fsquangling, we must keep track of
-     the last argument.  */
-  saved_previous_argument = work->previous_argument;
-  saved_nrepeats = work->nrepeats;
-  work->previous_argument = 0;
-  work->nrepeats = 0;
-
-  /* Actually demangle the arguments.  */
-  result = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp);
-
-  /* Restore the previous_argument field.  */
-  if (work->previous_argument)
-    {
-      string_delete (work->previous_argument);
-      free ((char *) work->previous_argument);
-    }
-  work->previous_argument = saved_previous_argument;
-  --work->forgetting_types;
-  work->nrepeats = saved_nrepeats;
-
-  return result;
-}
-
-/* Returns 1 if a valid function name was found or 0 otherwise.  */
-
-static int 
-demangle_function_name (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
-                        string *declp, const char *scan)
-{
-  size_t i;
-  string type;
-  const char *tem;
-
-  string_appendn (declp, (*mangled), scan - (*mangled));
-  string_need (declp, 1);
-  *(declp -> p) = '\0';
-
-  /* Consume the function name, including the "__" separating the name
-     from the signature.  We are guaranteed that SCAN points to the
-     separator.  */
-
-  (*mangled) = scan + 2;
-  /* We may be looking at an instantiation of a template function:
-     foo__Xt1t2_Ft3t4, where t1, t2, ... are template arguments and a
-     following _F marks the start of the function arguments.  Handle
-     the template arguments first. */
-
-  if (HP_DEMANGLING && (**mangled == 'X'))
-    {
-      demangle_arm_hp_template (work, mangled, 0, declp);
-      /* This leaves MANGLED pointing to the 'F' marking func args */
-    }
-
-  if (LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING || HP_DEMANGLING || EDG_DEMANGLING)
-    {
-
-      /* See if we have an ARM style constructor or destructor operator.
-	 If so, then just record it, clear the decl, and return.
-	 We can't build the actual constructor/destructor decl until later,
-	 when we recover the class name from the signature.  */
-
-      if (strcmp (declp -> b, "__ct") == 0)
-	{
-	  work -> constructor += 1;
-	  string_clear (declp);
-	  return 1;
-	}
-      else if (strcmp (declp -> b, "__dt") == 0)
-	{
-	  work -> destructor += 1;
-	  string_clear (declp);
-	  return 1;
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (declp->p - declp->b >= 3
-      && declp->b[0] == 'o'
-      && declp->b[1] == 'p'
-      && strchr (cplus_markers, declp->b[2]) != NULL)
-    {
-      /* see if it's an assignment expression */
-      if (declp->p - declp->b >= 10 /* op$assign_ */
-	  && memcmp (declp->b + 3, "assign_", 7) == 0)
-	{
-	  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); i++)
-	    {
-	      int len = declp->p - declp->b - 10;
-	      if ((int) strlen (optable[i].in) == len
-		  && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 10, len) == 0)
-		{
-		  string_clear (declp);
-		  string_append (declp, "operator");
-		  string_append (declp, optable[i].out);
-		  string_append (declp, "=");
-		  break;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); i++)
-	    {
-	      int len = declp->p - declp->b - 3;
-	      if ((int) strlen (optable[i].in) == len
-		  && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 3, len) == 0)
-		{
-		  string_clear (declp);
-		  string_append (declp, "operator");
-		  string_append (declp, optable[i].out);
-		  break;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-  else if (declp->p - declp->b >= 5 && memcmp (declp->b, "type", 4) == 0
-	   && strchr (cplus_markers, declp->b[4]) != NULL)
-    {
-      /* type conversion operator */
-      tem = declp->b + 5;
-      if (do_type (work, &tem, &type))
-	{
-	  string_clear (declp);
-	  string_append (declp, "operator ");
-	  string_appends (declp, &type);
-	  string_delete (&type);
-	}
-    }
-  else if (declp->b[0] == '_' && declp->b[1] == '_'
-	   && declp->b[2] == 'o' && declp->b[3] == 'p')
-    {
-      /* ANSI.  */
-      /* type conversion operator.  */
-      tem = declp->b + 4;
-      if (do_type (work, &tem, &type))
-	{
-	  string_clear (declp);
-	  string_append (declp, "operator ");
-	  string_appends (declp, &type);
-	  string_delete (&type);
-	}
-    }
-  else if (declp->b[0] == '_' && declp->b[1] == '_'
-	   && ISLOWER((unsigned char)declp->b[2])
-	   && ISLOWER((unsigned char)declp->b[3]))
-    {
-      if (declp->b[4] == '\0')
-	{
-	  /* Operator.  */
-	  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); i++)
-	    {
-	      if (strlen (optable[i].in) == 2
-		  && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 2, 2) == 0)
-		{
-		  string_clear (declp);
-		  string_append (declp, "operator");
-		  string_append (declp, optable[i].out);
-		  break;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  if (declp->b[2] == 'a' && declp->b[5] == '\0')
-	    {
-	      /* Assignment.  */
-	      for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (optable); i++)
-		{
-		  if (strlen (optable[i].in) == 3
-		      && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 2, 3) == 0)
-		    {
-		      string_clear (declp);
-		      string_append (declp, "operator");
-		      string_append (declp, optable[i].out);
-		      break;
-		    }
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* If a function name was obtained but it's not valid, we were not
-     successful.  */
-  if (LEN_STRING (declp) == 1 && declp->b[0] == '.')
-    return 0;
-  else
-    return 1;
-}
-
-/* a mini string-handling package */
-
-static void
-string_need (string *s, int n)
-{
-  int tem;
-
-  if (s->b == NULL)
-    {
-      if (n < 32)
-	{
-	  n = 32;
-	}
-      s->p = s->b = XNEWVEC (char, n);
-      s->e = s->b + n;
-    }
-  else if (s->e - s->p < n)
-    {
-      tem = s->p - s->b;
-      if (n > INT_MAX / 2 - tem)
-        xmalloc_failed (INT_MAX); 
-      n += tem;
-      n *= 2;
-      s->b = XRESIZEVEC (char, s->b, n);
-      s->p = s->b + tem;
-      s->e = s->b + n;
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-string_delete (string *s)
-{
-  if (s->b != NULL)
-    {
-      free (s->b);
-      s->b = s->e = s->p = NULL;
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-string_init (string *s)
-{
-  s->b = s->p = s->e = NULL;
-}
-
-static void
-string_clear (string *s)
-{
-  s->p = s->b;
-}
-
-#if 0
-
-static int
-string_empty (string *s)
-{
-  return (s->b == s->p);
-}
-
-#endif
-
-static void
-string_append (string *p, const char *s)
-{
-  int n;
-  if (s == NULL || *s == '\0')
-    return;
-  n = strlen (s);
-  string_need (p, n);
-  memcpy (p->p, s, n);
-  p->p += n;
-}
-
-static void
-string_appends (string *p, string *s)
-{
-  int n;
-
-  if (s->b != s->p)
-    {
-      n = s->p - s->b;
-      string_need (p, n);
-      memcpy (p->p, s->b, n);
-      p->p += n;
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-string_appendn (string *p, const char *s, int n)
-{
-  if (n != 0)
-    {
-      string_need (p, n);
-      memcpy (p->p, s, n);
-      p->p += n;
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-string_prepend (string *p, const char *s)
-{
-  if (s != NULL && *s != '\0')
-    {
-      string_prependn (p, s, strlen (s));
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-string_prepends (string *p, string *s)
-{
-  if (s->b != s->p)
-    {
-      string_prependn (p, s->b, s->p - s->b);
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-string_prependn (string *p, const char *s, int n)
-{
-  char *q;
-
-  if (n != 0)
-    {
-      string_need (p, n);
-      for (q = p->p - 1; q >= p->b; q--)
-	{
-	  q[n] = q[0];
-	}
-      memcpy (p->b, s, n);
-      p->p += n;
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-string_append_template_idx (string *s, int idx)
-{
-  char buf[INTBUF_SIZE + 1 /* 'T' */];
-  sprintf(buf, "T%d", idx);
-  string_append (s, buf);
-}
diff --git a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/d-demangle.c b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/d-demangle.c
index 08690de..c41ad02 100644
--- a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/d-demangle.c
+++ b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/d-demangle.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Demangler for the D programming language
-   Copyright (C) 2014-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2014-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Iain Buclaw (ibuclaw@gdcproject.org)
 
 This file is part of the libiberty library.
@@ -31,6 +31,9 @@ If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include "config.h"
 #endif
+#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+#include <limits.h>
+#endif
 
 #include "safe-ctype.h"
 
@@ -45,6 +48,13 @@ If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
 #include <demangle.h>
 #include "libiberty.h"
 
+#ifndef ULONG_MAX
+#define	ULONG_MAX	(~0UL)
+#endif
+#ifndef UINT_MAX
+#define	UINT_MAX	(~0U)
+#endif
+
 /* A mini string-handling package */
 
 typedef struct string		/* Beware: these aren't required to be */
@@ -55,9 +65,9 @@ typedef struct string		/* Beware: these aren't required to be */
 } string;
 
 static void
-string_need (string *s, int n)
+string_need (string *s, size_t n)
 {
-  int tem;
+  size_t tem;
 
   if (s->b == NULL)
     {
@@ -68,7 +78,7 @@ string_need (string *s, int n)
       s->p = s->b = XNEWVEC (char, n);
       s->e = s->b + n;
     }
-  else if (s->e - s->p < n)
+  else if ((size_t) (s->e - s->p) < n)
     {
       tem = s->p - s->b;
       n += tem;
@@ -117,14 +127,14 @@ string_setlength (string *s, int n)
 static void
 string_append (string *p, const char *s)
 {
-  int n = strlen (s);
+  size_t n = strlen (s);
   string_need (p, n);
   memcpy (p->p, s, n);
   p->p += n;
 }
 
 static void
-string_appendn (string *p, const char *s, int n)
+string_appendn (string *p, const char *s, size_t n)
 {
   if (n != 0)
     {
@@ -135,7 +145,7 @@ string_appendn (string *p, const char *s, int n)
 }
 
 static void
-string_prependn (string *p, const char *s, int n)
+string_prependn (string *p, const char *s, size_t n)
 {
   char *q;
 
@@ -160,66 +170,73 @@ string_prepend (string *p, const char *s)
     }
 }
 
-/* What kinds of symbol we could be parsing.  */
-enum dlang_symbol_kinds
+/* Demangle information structure we pass around.  */
+struct dlang_info
 {
-  /* Top-level symbol, needs it's type checked.  */
-  dlang_top_level,
-  /* Function symbol, needs it's type checked.   */
-  dlang_function,
-  /* Strongly typed name, such as for classes, structs and enums.  */
-  dlang_type_name,
-  /* Template identifier.  */
-  dlang_template_ident,
-  /* Template symbol parameter.  */
-  dlang_template_param
+  /* The string we are demangling.  */
+  const char *s;
+  /* The index of the last back reference.  */
+  int last_backref;
 };
 
+/* Pass as the LEN to dlang_parse_template if symbol length is not known.  */
+#define TEMPLATE_LENGTH_UNKNOWN (-1UL)
+
 /* Prototypes for forward referenced functions */
-static const char *dlang_function_args (string *, const char *);
+static const char *dlang_function_type (string *, const char *,
+					struct dlang_info *);
+
+static const char *dlang_function_args (string *, const char *,
+					struct dlang_info *);
 
-static const char *dlang_type (string *, const char *);
+static const char *dlang_type (string *, const char *, struct dlang_info *);
 
-static const char *dlang_value (string *, const char *, const char *, char);
+static const char *dlang_value (string *, const char *, const char *, char,
+				struct dlang_info *);
 
 static const char *dlang_parse_qualified (string *, const char *,
-					  enum dlang_symbol_kinds);
+					  struct dlang_info *, int);
 
 static const char *dlang_parse_mangle (string *, const char *,
-				       enum dlang_symbol_kinds);
+				       struct dlang_info *);
+
+static const char *dlang_parse_tuple (string *, const char *,
+				      struct dlang_info *);
 
-static const char *dlang_parse_tuple (string *, const char *);
+static const char *dlang_parse_template (string *, const char *,
+					 struct dlang_info *, unsigned long);
 
-static const char *dlang_parse_template (string *, const char *, long);
+static const char *dlang_lname (string *, const char *, unsigned long);
 
 
 /* Extract the number from MANGLED, and assign the result to RET.
-   Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure.  */
+   Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure.
+   A result larger than UINT_MAX is considered a failure.  */
 static const char *
-dlang_number (const char *mangled, long *ret)
+dlang_number (const char *mangled, unsigned long *ret)
 {
   /* Return NULL if trying to extract something that isn't a digit.  */
   if (mangled == NULL || !ISDIGIT (*mangled))
     return NULL;
 
-  (*ret) = 0;
+  unsigned long val = 0;
 
   while (ISDIGIT (*mangled))
     {
-      (*ret) *= 10;
+      unsigned long digit = mangled[0] - '0';
 
-      /* If an overflow occured when multiplying by ten, the result
-	 will not be a multiple of ten.  */
-      if ((*ret % 10) != 0)
+      /* Check for overflow.  */
+      if (val > (UINT_MAX - digit) / 10)
 	return NULL;
 
-      (*ret) += mangled[0] - '0';
+      val = val * 10 + digit;
       mangled++;
     }
 
-  if (*mangled == '\0' || *ret < 0)
+  if (*mangled == '\0')
     return NULL;
 
+  *ret = val;
   return mangled;
 }
 
@@ -236,15 +253,15 @@ dlang_hexdigit (const char *mangled, char *ret)
 
   c = mangled[0];
   if (!ISDIGIT (c))
-    (*ret) = (c - (ISUPPER (c) ? 'A' : 'a') + 10);
+    *ret = c - (ISUPPER (c) ? 'A' : 'a') + 10;
   else
-    (*ret) = (c - '0');
+    *ret = c - '0';
 
   c = mangled[1];
   if (!ISDIGIT (c))
-    (*ret) = (*ret << 4) | (c - (ISUPPER (c) ? 'A' : 'a') + 10);
+    *ret = (*ret << 4) | (c - (ISUPPER (c) ? 'A' : 'a') + 10);
   else
-    (*ret) = (*ret << 4) | (c - '0');
+    *ret = (*ret << 4) | (c - '0');
 
   mangled += 2;
 
@@ -267,6 +284,178 @@ dlang_call_convention_p (const char *mangled)
     }
 }
 
+/* Extract the back reference position from MANGLED, and assign the result
+   to RET.  Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure.
+   A result <= 0 is a failure.  */
+static const char *
+dlang_decode_backref (const char *mangled, long *ret)
+{
+  /* Return NULL if trying to extract something that isn't a digit.  */
+  if (mangled == NULL || !ISALPHA (*mangled))
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Any identifier or non-basic type that has been emitted to the mangled
+     symbol before will not be emitted again, but is referenced by a special
+     sequence encoding the relative position of the original occurrence in the
+     mangled symbol name.
+
+     Numbers in back references are encoded with base 26 by upper case letters
+     A-Z for higher digits but lower case letters a-z for the last digit.
+
+	NumberBackRef:
+	    [a-z]
+	    [A-Z] NumberBackRef
+	    ^
+   */
+  unsigned long val = 0;
+
+  while (ISALPHA (*mangled))
+    {
+      /* Check for overflow.  */
+      if (val > (ULONG_MAX - 25) / 26)
+	break;
+
+      val *= 26;
+
+      if (mangled[0] >= 'a' && mangled[0] <= 'z')
+	{
+	  val += mangled[0] - 'a';
+	  if ((long) val <= 0)
+	    break;
+	  *ret = val;
+	  return mangled + 1;
+	}
+
+      val += mangled[0] - 'A';
+      mangled++;
+    }
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Extract the symbol pointed at by the back reference and assign the result
+   to RET.  Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure.  */
+static const char *
+dlang_backref (const char *mangled, const char **ret, struct dlang_info *info)
+{
+  *ret = NULL;
+
+  if (mangled == NULL || *mangled != 'Q')
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Position of 'Q'.  */
+  const char *qpos = mangled;
+  long refpos;
+  mangled++;
+
+  mangled = dlang_decode_backref (mangled, &refpos);
+  if (mangled == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (refpos > qpos - info->s)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Set the position of the back reference.  */
+  *ret = qpos - refpos;
+
+  return mangled;
+}
+
+/* Demangle a back referenced symbol from MANGLED and append it to DECL.
+   Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure.  */
+static const char *
+dlang_symbol_backref (string *decl, const char *mangled,
+		      struct dlang_info *info)
+{
+  /* An identifier back reference always points to a digit 0 to 9.
+
+	IdentifierBackRef:
+	    Q NumberBackRef
+	    ^
+   */
+  const char *backref;
+  unsigned long len;
+
+  /* Get position of the back reference.  */
+  mangled = dlang_backref (mangled, &backref, info);
+
+  /* Must point to a simple identifier.  */
+  backref = dlang_number (backref, &len);
+  if (backref == NULL || strlen(backref) < len)
+    return NULL;
+
+  backref = dlang_lname (decl, backref, len);
+  if (backref == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  return mangled;
+}
+
+/* Demangle a back referenced type from MANGLED and append it to DECL.
+   IS_FUNCTION is 1 if the back referenced type is expected to be a function.
+   Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure.  */
+static const char *
+dlang_type_backref (string *decl, const char *mangled, struct dlang_info *info,
+		    int is_function)
+{
+  /* A type back reference always points to a letter.
+
+	TypeBackRef:
+	    Q NumberBackRef
+	    ^
+   */
+  const char *backref;
+
+  /* If we appear to be moving backwards through the mangle string, then
+     bail as this may be a recursive back reference.  */
+  if (mangled - info->s >= info->last_backref)
+    return NULL;
+
+  int save_refpos = info->last_backref;
+  info->last_backref = mangled - info->s;
+
+  /* Get position of the back reference.  */
+  mangled = dlang_backref (mangled, &backref, info);
+
+  /* Must point to a type.  */
+  if (is_function)
+    backref = dlang_function_type (decl, backref, info);
+  else
+    backref = dlang_type (decl, backref, info);
+
+  info->last_backref = save_refpos;
+
+  if (backref == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  return mangled;
+}
+
+/* Extract the beginning of a symbol name from MANGLED and
+   return 1 on success or 0 on failure.  */
+static int
+dlang_symbol_name_p (const char *mangled, struct dlang_info *info)
+{
+  long ret;
+  const char *qref = mangled;
+
+  if (ISDIGIT (*mangled))
+    return 1;
+
+  if (mangled[0] == '_' && mangled[1] == '_'
+      && (mangled[2] == 'T' || mangled[2] == 'U'))
+    return 1;
+
+  if (*mangled != 'Q')
+    return 0;
+
+  mangled = dlang_decode_backref (mangled + 1, &ret);
+  if (mangled == NULL || ret > qref - info->s)
+    return 0;
+
+  return ISDIGIT (qref[-ret]);
+}
+
 /* Demangle the calling convention from MANGLED and append it to DECL.
    Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure.  */
 static const char *
@@ -385,9 +574,11 @@ dlang_attributes (string *decl, const char *mangled)
 	case 'g':
 	case 'h':
 	case 'k':
+	case 'n':
 	  /* inout parameter is represented as 'Ng'.
 	     vector parameter is represented as 'Nh'.
-	     return paramenter is represented as 'Nk'.
+	     return parameter is represented as 'Nk'.
+	     typeof(*null) parameter is represented as 'Nn'.
 	     If we see this, then we know we're really in the
 	     parameter list.  Rewind and break.  */
 	  mangled--;
@@ -404,6 +595,10 @@ dlang_attributes (string *decl, const char *mangled)
 	  mangled++;
 	  string_append (decl, "scope ");
 	  continue;
+	case 'm': /* @live */
+	  mangled++;
+	  string_append (decl, "@live ");
+	  continue;
 
 	default: /* unknown attribute */
 	  return NULL;
@@ -414,13 +609,39 @@ dlang_attributes (string *decl, const char *mangled)
   return mangled;
 }
 
+/* Demangle the function type from MANGLED without the return type.
+   The arguments are appended to ARGS, the calling convention is appended
+   to CALL and attributes are appended to ATTR.  Any of these can be NULL
+   to throw the information away.  Return the remaining string on success
+   or NULL on failure.  */
+static const char *
+dlang_function_type_noreturn (string *args, string *call, string *attr,
+			      const char *mangled, struct dlang_info *info)
+{
+  string dump;
+  string_init (&dump);
+
+  /* Skip over calling convention and attributes.  */
+  mangled = dlang_call_convention (call ? call : &dump, mangled);
+  mangled = dlang_attributes (attr ? attr : &dump, mangled);
+
+  if (args)
+    string_append (args, "(");
+
+  mangled = dlang_function_args (args ? args : &dump, mangled, info);
+  if (args)
+    string_append (args, ")");
+
+  string_delete (&dump);
+  return mangled;
+}
+
 /* Demangle the function type from MANGLED and append it to DECL.
    Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure.  */
 static const char *
-dlang_function_type (string *decl, const char *mangled)
+dlang_function_type (string *decl, const char *mangled, struct dlang_info *info)
 {
   string attr, args, type;
-  size_t szattr, szargs, sztype;
 
   if (mangled == NULL || *mangled == '\0')
     return NULL;
@@ -435,27 +656,16 @@ dlang_function_type (string *decl, const char *mangled)
   string_init (&args);
   string_init (&type);
 
-  /* Function call convention.  */
-  mangled = dlang_call_convention (decl, mangled);
-
-  /* Function attributes.  */
-  mangled = dlang_attributes (&attr, mangled);
-  szattr = string_length (&attr);
-
-  /* Function arguments.  */
-  mangled = dlang_function_args (&args, mangled);
-  szargs = string_length (&args);
+  mangled = dlang_function_type_noreturn (&args, decl, &attr, mangled, info);
 
   /* Function return type.  */
-  mangled = dlang_type (&type, mangled);
-  sztype = string_length (&type);
+  mangled = dlang_type (&type, mangled, info);
 
   /* Append to decl in order. */
-  string_appendn (decl, type.b, sztype);
-  string_append (decl, "(");
-  string_appendn (decl, args.b, szargs);
-  string_append (decl, ") ");
-  string_appendn (decl, attr.b, szattr);
+  string_appendn (decl, type.b, string_length (&type));
+  string_appendn (decl, args.b, string_length (&args));
+  string_append (decl, " ");
+  string_appendn (decl, attr.b, string_length (&attr));
 
   string_delete (&attr);
   string_delete (&args);
@@ -466,7 +676,7 @@ dlang_function_type (string *decl, const char *mangled)
 /* Demangle the argument list from MANGLED and append it to DECL.
    Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure.  */
 static const char *
-dlang_function_args (string *decl, const char *mangled)
+dlang_function_args (string *decl, const char *mangled, struct dlang_info *info)
 {
   size_t n = 0;
 
@@ -506,6 +716,15 @@ dlang_function_args (string *decl, const char *mangled)
 
       switch (*mangled)
 	{
+	case 'I': /* in(T) */
+	  mangled++;
+	  string_append (decl, "in ");
+	  if (*mangled == 'K') /* in ref(T) */
+	    {
+	      mangled++;
+	      string_append (decl, "ref ");
+	    }
+	  break;
 	case 'J': /* out(T) */
 	  mangled++;
 	  string_append (decl, "out ");
@@ -519,7 +738,7 @@ dlang_function_args (string *decl, const char *mangled)
 	  string_append (decl, "lazy ");
 	  break;
 	}
-      mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled);
+      mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled, info);
     }
 
   return mangled;
@@ -528,7 +747,7 @@ dlang_function_args (string *decl, const char *mangled)
 /* Demangle the type from MANGLED and append it to DECL.
    Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure.  */
 static const char *
-dlang_type (string *decl, const char *mangled)
+dlang_type (string *decl, const char *mangled, struct dlang_info *info)
 {
   if (mangled == NULL || *mangled == '\0')
     return NULL;
@@ -538,19 +757,19 @@ dlang_type (string *decl, const char *mangled)
     case 'O': /* shared(T) */
       mangled++;
       string_append (decl, "shared(");
-      mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled);
+      mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled, info);
       string_append (decl, ")");
       return mangled;
     case 'x': /* const(T) */
       mangled++;
       string_append (decl, "const(");
-      mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled);
+      mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled, info);
       string_append (decl, ")");
       return mangled;
     case 'y': /* immutable(T) */
       mangled++;
       string_append (decl, "immutable(");
-      mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled);
+      mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled, info);
       string_append (decl, ")");
       return mangled;
     case 'N':
@@ -559,7 +778,7 @@ dlang_type (string *decl, const char *mangled)
 	{
 	  mangled++;
 	  string_append (decl, "inout(");
-	  mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled);
+	  mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled, info);
 	  string_append (decl, ")");
 	  return mangled;
 	}
@@ -567,15 +786,21 @@ dlang_type (string *decl, const char *mangled)
 	{
 	  mangled++;
 	  string_append (decl, "__vector(");
-	  mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled);
+	  mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled, info);
 	  string_append (decl, ")");
 	  return mangled;
 	}
+      else if (*mangled == 'n') /* typeof(*null) */
+	{
+	  mangled++;
+	  string_append (decl, "typeof(*null)");
+	  return mangled;
+	}
       else
 	return NULL;
     case 'A': /* dynamic array (T[]) */
       mangled++;
-      mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled);
+      mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled, info);
       string_append (decl, "[]");
       return mangled;
     case 'G': /* static array (T[N]) */
@@ -590,7 +815,7 @@ dlang_type (string *decl, const char *mangled)
 	  num++;
 	  mangled++;
 	}
-      mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled);
+      mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled, info);
       string_append (decl, "[");
       string_appendn (decl, numptr, num);
       string_append (decl, "]");
@@ -603,10 +828,10 @@ dlang_type (string *decl, const char *mangled)
       mangled++;
 
       string_init (&type);
-      mangled = dlang_type (&type, mangled);
+      mangled = dlang_type (&type, mangled, info);
       sztype = string_length (&type);
 
-      mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled);
+      mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled, info);
       string_append (decl, "[");
       string_appendn (decl, type.b, sztype);
       string_append (decl, "]");
@@ -618,7 +843,7 @@ dlang_type (string *decl, const char *mangled)
       mangled++;
       if (!dlang_call_convention_p (mangled))
 	{
-	  mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled);
+	  mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled, info);
 	  string_append (decl, "*");
 	  return mangled;
 	}
@@ -630,16 +855,15 @@ dlang_type (string *decl, const char *mangled)
     case 'R': /* function T (C++) */
     case 'Y': /* function T (Objective-C) */
       /* Function pointer types don't include the trailing asterisk.  */
-      mangled = dlang_function_type (decl, mangled);
+      mangled = dlang_function_type (decl, mangled, info);
       string_append (decl, "function");
       return mangled;
-    case 'I': /* ident T */
     case 'C': /* class T */
     case 'S': /* struct T */
     case 'E': /* enum T */
     case 'T': /* typedef T */
       mangled++;
-      return dlang_parse_qualified (decl, mangled, dlang_type_name);
+      return dlang_parse_qualified (decl, mangled, info, 0);
     case 'D': /* delegate T */
     {
       string mods;
@@ -650,7 +874,12 @@ dlang_type (string *decl, const char *mangled)
       mangled = dlang_type_modifiers (&mods, mangled);
       szmods = string_length (&mods);
 
-      mangled = dlang_function_type (decl, mangled);
+      /* Back referenced function type.  */
+      if (mangled && *mangled == 'Q')
+	mangled = dlang_type_backref (decl, mangled, info, 1);
+      else
+	mangled = dlang_function_type (decl, mangled, info);
+
       string_append (decl, "delegate");
       string_appendn (decl, mods.b, szmods);
 
@@ -659,12 +888,12 @@ dlang_type (string *decl, const char *mangled)
     }
     case 'B': /* tuple T */
       mangled++;
-      return dlang_parse_tuple (decl, mangled);
+      return dlang_parse_tuple (decl, mangled, info);
 
     /* Basic types */
     case 'n':
       mangled++;
-      string_append (decl, "none");
+      string_append (decl, "typeof(null)");
       return mangled;
     case 'v':
       mangled++;
@@ -773,6 +1002,10 @@ dlang_type (string *decl, const char *mangled)
 	}
       return NULL;
 
+    /* Back referenced type.  */
+    case 'Q':
+      return dlang_type_backref (decl, mangled, info, 0);
+
     default: /* unhandled */
       return NULL;
     }
@@ -781,152 +1014,146 @@ dlang_type (string *decl, const char *mangled)
 /* Extract the identifier from MANGLED and append it to DECL.
    Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure.  */
 static const char *
-dlang_identifier (string *decl, const char *mangled,
-		  enum dlang_symbol_kinds kind)
+dlang_identifier (string *decl, const char *mangled, struct dlang_info *info)
 {
-  long len;
+  unsigned long len;
+
+  if (mangled == NULL || *mangled == '\0')
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (*mangled == 'Q')
+    return dlang_symbol_backref (decl, mangled, info);
+
+  /* May be a template instance without a length prefix.  */
+  if (mangled[0] == '_' && mangled[1] == '_'
+      && (mangled[2] == 'T' || mangled[2] == 'U'))
+    return dlang_parse_template (decl, mangled, info, TEMPLATE_LENGTH_UNKNOWN);
+
   const char *endptr = dlang_number (mangled, &len);
 
   if (endptr == NULL || len == 0)
     return NULL;
 
-  /* In template parameter symbols, the first character of the mangled
-     name can be a digit.  This causes ambiguity issues because the
-     digits of the two numbers are adjacent.  */
-  if (kind == dlang_template_param)
-    {
-      long psize = len;
-      const char *pend;
-      int saved = string_length (decl);
-
-      /* Work backwards until a match is found.  */
-      for (pend = endptr; endptr != NULL; pend--)
-	{
-	  mangled = pend;
+  if (strlen (endptr) < len)
+    return NULL;
 
-	  /* Reached the beginning of the pointer to the name length,
-	     try parsing the entire symbol.  */
-	  if (psize == 0)
-	    {
-	      psize = len;
-	      pend = endptr;
-	      endptr = NULL;
-	    }
+  mangled = endptr;
 
-	  /* Check whether template parameter is a function with a valid
-	     return type or an untyped identifier.  */
-	  if (ISDIGIT (*mangled))
-	    mangled = dlang_parse_qualified (decl, mangled,
-					     dlang_template_ident);
-	  else if (strncmp (mangled, "_D", 2) == 0)
-	    mangled = dlang_parse_mangle (decl, mangled, dlang_function);
+  /* May be a template instance with a length prefix.  */
+  if (len >= 5 && mangled[0] == '_' && mangled[1] == '_'
+      && (mangled[2] == 'T' || mangled[2] == 'U'))
+    return dlang_parse_template (decl, mangled, info, len);
 
-	  /* Check for name length mismatch.  */
-	  if (mangled && (mangled - pend) == psize)
-	    return mangled;
+  /* There can be multiple different declarations in the same function that have
+     the same mangled name.  To make the mangled names unique, a fake parent in
+     the form `__Sddd' is added to the symbol.  */
+  if (len >= 4 && mangled[0] == '_' && mangled[1] == '_' && mangled[2] == 'S')
+    {
+      const char *numptr = mangled + 3;
+      while (numptr < (mangled + len) && ISDIGIT (*numptr))
+	numptr++;
 
-	  psize /= 10;
-	  string_setlength (decl, saved);
+      if (mangled + len == numptr)
+	{
+	  /* Skip over the fake parent.  */
+	  mangled += len;
+	  return dlang_identifier (decl, mangled, info);
 	}
 
-      /* No match on any combinations.  */
-      return NULL;
+      /* else demangle it as a plain identifier.  */
     }
-  else
-    {
-      if (strlen (endptr) < (size_t) len)
-	return NULL;
-
-      mangled = endptr;
 
-      /* May be a template instance.  */
-      if (len >= 5 && mangled[0] == '_' && mangled[1] == '_'
-	  && (mangled[2] == 'T' || mangled[2] == 'U'))
-	return dlang_parse_template (decl, mangled, len);
+  return dlang_lname (decl, mangled, len);
+}
 
-      switch (len)
+/* Extract the plain identifier from MANGLED and prepend/append it to DECL
+   with special treatment for some magic compiler generted symbols.
+   Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure.  */
+static const char *
+dlang_lname (string *decl, const char *mangled, unsigned long len)
+{
+  switch (len)
+    {
+    case 6:
+      if (strncmp (mangled, "__ctor", len) == 0)
 	{
-	case 6:
-	  if (strncmp (mangled, "__ctor", len) == 0)
-	    {
-	      /* Constructor symbol for a class/struct.  */
-	      string_append (decl, "this");
-	      mangled += len;
-	      return mangled;
-	    }
-	  else if (strncmp (mangled, "__dtor", len) == 0)
-	    {
-	      /* Destructor symbol for a class/struct.  */
-	      string_append (decl, "~this");
-	      mangled += len;
-	      return mangled;
-	    }
-	  else if (strncmp (mangled, "__initZ", len+1) == 0)
-	    {
-	      /* The static initialiser for a given symbol.  */
-	      string_prepend (decl, "initializer for ");
-	      string_setlength (decl, string_length (decl) - 1);
-	      mangled += len;
-	      return mangled;
-	    }
-	  else if (strncmp (mangled, "__vtblZ", len+1) == 0)
-	    {
-	      /* The vtable symbol for a given class.  */
-	      string_prepend (decl, "vtable for ");
-	      string_setlength (decl, string_length (decl) - 1);
-	      mangled += len;
-	      return mangled;
-	    }
-	  break;
-
-	case 7:
-	  if (strncmp (mangled, "__ClassZ", len+1) == 0)
-	    {
-	      /* The classinfo symbol for a given class.  */
-	      string_prepend (decl, "ClassInfo for ");
-	      string_setlength (decl, string_length (decl) - 1);
-	      mangled += len;
-	      return mangled;
-	    }
-	  break;
+	  /* Constructor symbol for a class/struct.  */
+	  string_append (decl, "this");
+	  mangled += len;
+	  return mangled;
+	}
+      else if (strncmp (mangled, "__dtor", len) == 0)
+	{
+	  /* Destructor symbol for a class/struct.  */
+	  string_append (decl, "~this");
+	  mangled += len;
+	  return mangled;
+	}
+      else if (strncmp (mangled, "__initZ", len + 1) == 0)
+	{
+	  /* The static initialiser for a given symbol.  */
+	  string_prepend (decl, "initializer for ");
+	  string_setlength (decl, string_length (decl) - 1);
+	  mangled += len;
+	  return mangled;
+	}
+      else if (strncmp (mangled, "__vtblZ", len + 1) == 0)
+	{
+	  /* The vtable symbol for a given class.  */
+	  string_prepend (decl, "vtable for ");
+	  string_setlength (decl, string_length (decl) - 1);
+	  mangled += len;
+	  return mangled;
+	}
+      break;
 
-	case 10:
-	  if (strncmp (mangled, "__postblitMFZ", len+3) == 0)
-	    {
-	      /* Postblit symbol for a struct.  */
-	      string_append (decl, "this(this)");
-	      mangled += len + 3;
-	      return mangled;
-	    }
-	  break;
+    case 7:
+      if (strncmp (mangled, "__ClassZ", len + 1) == 0)
+	{
+	  /* The classinfo symbol for a given class.  */
+	  string_prepend (decl, "ClassInfo for ");
+	  string_setlength (decl, string_length (decl) - 1);
+	  mangled += len;
+	  return mangled;
+	}
+      break;
 
-	case 11:
-	  if (strncmp (mangled, "__InterfaceZ", len+1) == 0)
-	    {
-	      /* The interface symbol for a given class.  */
-	      string_prepend (decl, "Interface for ");
-	      string_setlength (decl, string_length (decl) - 1);
-	      mangled += len;
-	      return mangled;
-	    }
-	  break;
+    case 10:
+      if (strncmp (mangled, "__postblitMFZ", len + 3) == 0)
+	{
+	  /* Postblit symbol for a struct.  */
+	  string_append (decl, "this(this)");
+	  mangled += len + 3;
+	  return mangled;
+	}
+      break;
 
-	case 12:
-	  if (strncmp (mangled, "__ModuleInfoZ", len+1) == 0)
-	    {
-	      /* The ModuleInfo symbol for a given module.  */
-	      string_prepend (decl, "ModuleInfo for ");
-	      string_setlength (decl, string_length (decl) - 1);
-	      mangled += len;
-	      return mangled;
-	    }
-	  break;
+    case 11:
+      if (strncmp (mangled, "__InterfaceZ", len + 1) == 0)
+	{
+	  /* The interface symbol for a given class.  */
+	  string_prepend (decl, "Interface for ");
+	  string_setlength (decl, string_length (decl) - 1);
+	  mangled += len;
+	  return mangled;
 	}
+      break;
 
-      string_appendn (decl, mangled, len);
-      mangled += len;
+    case 12:
+      if (strncmp (mangled, "__ModuleInfoZ", len + 1) == 0)
+	{
+	  /* The ModuleInfo symbol for a given module.  */
+	  string_prepend (decl, "ModuleInfo for ");
+	  string_setlength (decl, string_length (decl) - 1);
+	  mangled += len;
+	  return mangled;
+	}
+      break;
     }
 
+  string_appendn (decl, mangled, len);
+  mangled += len;
+
   return mangled;
 }
 
@@ -939,10 +1166,10 @@ dlang_parse_integer (string *decl, const char *mangled, char type)
   if (type == 'a' || type == 'u' || type == 'w')
     {
       /* Parse character value.  */
-      char value[10];
-      int pos = 10;
+      char value[20];
+      int pos = sizeof(value);
       int width = 0;
-      long val;
+      unsigned long val;
 
       mangled = dlang_number (mangled, &val);
       if (mangled == NULL)
@@ -991,14 +1218,14 @@ dlang_parse_integer (string *decl, const char *mangled, char type)
 	  for (; width > 0; width--)
 	    value[--pos] = '0';
 
-	  string_appendn (decl, &(value[pos]), 10 - pos);
+	  string_appendn (decl, &(value[pos]), sizeof(value) - pos);
 	}
       string_append (decl, "'");
     }
   else if (type == 'b')
     {
       /* Parse boolean value.  */
-      long val;
+      unsigned long val;
 
       mangled = dlang_number (mangled, &val);
       if (mangled == NULL)
@@ -1117,7 +1344,7 @@ static const char *
 dlang_parse_string (string *decl, const char *mangled)
 {
   char type = *mangled;
-  long len;
+  unsigned long len;
 
   mangled++;
   mangled = dlang_number (mangled, &len);
@@ -1179,9 +1406,10 @@ dlang_parse_string (string *decl, const char *mangled)
 /* Extract the static array value from MANGLED and append it to DECL.
    Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure.  */
 static const char *
-dlang_parse_arrayliteral (string *decl, const char *mangled)
+dlang_parse_arrayliteral (string *decl, const char *mangled,
+			  struct dlang_info *info)
 {
-  long elements;
+  unsigned long elements;
 
   mangled = dlang_number (mangled, &elements);
   if (mangled == NULL)
@@ -1190,7 +1418,10 @@ dlang_parse_arrayliteral (string *decl, const char *mangled)
   string_append (decl, "[");
   while (elements--)
     {
-      mangled = dlang_value (decl, mangled, NULL, '\0');
+      mangled = dlang_value (decl, mangled, NULL, '\0', info);
+      if (mangled == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
       if (elements != 0)
 	string_append (decl, ", ");
     }
@@ -1202,9 +1433,10 @@ dlang_parse_arrayliteral (string *decl, const char *mangled)
 /* Extract the associative array value from MANGLED and append it to DECL.
    Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure.  */
 static const char *
-dlang_parse_assocarray (string *decl, const char *mangled)
+dlang_parse_assocarray (string *decl, const char *mangled,
+			struct dlang_info *info)
 {
-  long elements;
+  unsigned long elements;
 
   mangled = dlang_number (mangled, &elements);
   if (mangled == NULL)
@@ -1213,9 +1445,14 @@ dlang_parse_assocarray (string *decl, const char *mangled)
   string_append (decl, "[");
   while (elements--)
     {
-      mangled = dlang_value (decl, mangled, NULL, '\0');
+      mangled = dlang_value (decl, mangled, NULL, '\0', info);
+      if (mangled == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
       string_append (decl, ":");
-      mangled = dlang_value (decl, mangled, NULL, '\0');
+      mangled = dlang_value (decl, mangled, NULL, '\0', info);
+      if (mangled == NULL)
+	return NULL;
 
       if (elements != 0)
 	string_append (decl, ", ");
@@ -1228,9 +1465,10 @@ dlang_parse_assocarray (string *decl, const char *mangled)
 /* Extract the struct literal value for NAME from MANGLED and append it to DECL.
    Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure.  */
 static const char *
-dlang_parse_structlit (string *decl, const char *mangled, const char *name)
+dlang_parse_structlit (string *decl, const char *mangled, const char *name,
+		       struct dlang_info *info)
 {
-  long args;
+  unsigned long args;
 
   mangled = dlang_number (mangled, &args);
   if (mangled == NULL)
@@ -1242,7 +1480,10 @@ dlang_parse_structlit (string *decl, const char *mangled, const char *name)
   string_append (decl, "(");
   while (args--)
     {
-      mangled = dlang_value (decl, mangled, NULL, '\0');
+      mangled = dlang_value (decl, mangled, NULL, '\0', info);
+      if (mangled == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
       if (args != 0)
 	string_append (decl, ", ");
     }
@@ -1254,7 +1495,8 @@ dlang_parse_structlit (string *decl, const char *mangled, const char *name)
 /* Extract the value from MANGLED and append it to DECL.
    Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure.  */
 static const char *
-dlang_value (string *decl, const char *mangled, const char *name, char type)
+dlang_value (string *decl, const char *mangled, const char *name, char type,
+	     struct dlang_info *info)
 {
   if (mangled == NULL || *mangled == '\0')
     return NULL;
@@ -1315,15 +1557,24 @@ dlang_value (string *decl, const char *mangled, const char *name, char type)
     case 'A':
       mangled++;
       if (type == 'H')
-	mangled = dlang_parse_assocarray (decl, mangled);
+	mangled = dlang_parse_assocarray (decl, mangled, info);
       else
-	mangled = dlang_parse_arrayliteral (decl, mangled);
+	mangled = dlang_parse_arrayliteral (decl, mangled, info);
       break;
 
       /* Struct values.  */
     case 'S':
       mangled++;
-      mangled = dlang_parse_structlit (decl, mangled, name);
+      mangled = dlang_parse_structlit (decl, mangled, name, info);
+      break;
+
+      /* Function literal symbol.  */
+    case 'f':
+      mangled++;
+      if (strncmp (mangled, "_D", 2) != 0
+	  || !dlang_symbol_name_p (mangled + 2, info))
+	return NULL;
+      mangled = dlang_parse_mangle (decl, mangled, info);
       break;
 
     default:
@@ -1336,22 +1587,22 @@ dlang_value (string *decl, const char *mangled, const char *name, char type)
 /* Extract and demangle the symbol in MANGLED and append it to DECL.
    Returns the remaining signature on success or NULL on failure.  */
 static const char *
-dlang_parse_mangle (string *decl, const char *mangled,
-		    enum dlang_symbol_kinds kind)
+dlang_parse_mangle (string *decl, const char *mangled, struct dlang_info *info)
 {
   /* A D mangled symbol is comprised of both scope and type information.
 
 	MangleName:
 	    _D QualifiedName Type
-	    _D QualifiedName M Type
 	    _D QualifiedName Z
 	    ^
      The caller should have guaranteed that the start pointer is at the
      above location.
+     Note that type is never a function type, but only the return type of
+     a function or the type of a variable.
    */
   mangled += 2;
 
-  mangled = dlang_parse_qualified (decl, mangled, dlang_top_level);
+  mangled = dlang_parse_qualified (decl, mangled, info, 1);
 
   if (mangled != NULL)
     {
@@ -1360,123 +1611,97 @@ dlang_parse_mangle (string *decl, const char *mangled,
 	mangled++;
       else
 	{
-	  string mods;
-	  int saved;
-
-	  /* Skip over 'this' parameter.  */
-	  if (*mangled == 'M')
-	    mangled++;
-
-	  /* Save the type modifiers for appending at the end if needed.  */
-	  string_init (&mods);
-	  mangled = dlang_type_modifiers (&mods, mangled);
-
-	  if (mangled && dlang_call_convention_p (mangled))
-	    {
-	      /* Skip over calling convention and attributes.  */
-	      saved = string_length (decl);
-	      mangled = dlang_call_convention (decl, mangled);
-	      mangled = dlang_attributes (decl, mangled);
-	      string_setlength (decl, saved);
-
-	      string_append (decl, "(");
-	      mangled = dlang_function_args (decl, mangled);
-	      string_append (decl, ")");
-
-	      /* Add any const/immutable/shared modifier. */
-	      string_appendn (decl, mods.b, string_length (&mods));
-	    }
+	  /* Discard the declaration or return type.  */
+	  string type;
 
-	  /* Consume the decl type of symbol.  */
-	  saved = string_length (decl);
-	  mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled);
-	  string_setlength (decl, saved);
-
-	  string_delete (&mods);
+	  string_init (&type);
+	  mangled = dlang_type (&type, mangled, info);
+	  string_delete (&type);
 	}
     }
 
-  /* Check that the entire symbol was successfully demangled.  */
-  if (kind == dlang_top_level)
-    {
-      if (mangled == NULL || *mangled != '\0')
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
   return mangled;
 }
 
 /* Extract and demangle the qualified symbol in MANGLED and append it to DECL.
+   SUFFIX_MODIFIERS is 1 if we are printing modifiers on this after the symbol.
    Returns the remaining signature on success or NULL on failure.  */
 static const char *
 dlang_parse_qualified (string *decl, const char *mangled,
-		       enum dlang_symbol_kinds kind)
+		       struct dlang_info *info, int suffix_modifiers)
 {
   /* Qualified names are identifiers separated by their encoded length.
      Nested functions also encode their argument types without specifying
      what they return.
 
 	QualifiedName:
-	    SymbolName
-	    SymbolName QualifiedName
-	    SymbolName TypeFunctionNoReturn QualifiedName
-	    SymbolName M TypeModifiers TypeFunctionNoReturn QualifiedName
+	    SymbolFunctionName
+	    SymbolFunctionName QualifiedName
 	    ^
+
+	SymbolFunctionName:
+	    SymbolName
+	    SymbolName TypeFunctionNoReturn
+	    SymbolName M TypeFunctionNoReturn
+	    SymbolName M TypeModifiers TypeFunctionNoReturn
+
      The start pointer should be at the above location.
    */
   size_t n = 0;
   do
     {
+      /* Skip over anonymous symbols.  */
+      if (*mangled == '0')
+      {
+	do
+	  mangled++;
+	while (*mangled == '0');
+
+	continue;
+      }
+
       if (n++)
 	string_append (decl, ".");
 
-      /* Skip over anonymous symbols.  */
-      while (*mangled == '0')
-	mangled++;
-
-      mangled = dlang_identifier (decl, mangled, kind);
+      mangled = dlang_identifier (decl, mangled, info);
 
       /* Consume the encoded arguments.  However if this is not followed by the
-	 next encoded length, then this is not a continuation of a qualified
-	 name, in which case we backtrack and return the current unconsumed
-	 position of the mangled decl.  */
+	 next encoded length or mangle type, then this is not a continuation of
+	 a qualified name, in which case we backtrack and return the current
+	 unconsumed position of the mangled decl.  */
       if (mangled && (*mangled == 'M' || dlang_call_convention_p (mangled)))
 	{
+	  string mods;
 	  const char *start = mangled;
 	  int saved = string_length (decl);
 
+	  /* Save the type modifiers for appending at the end if needed.  */
+	  string_init (&mods);
+
 	  /* Skip over 'this' parameter and type modifiers.  */
 	  if (*mangled == 'M')
 	    {
 	      mangled++;
-	      mangled = dlang_type_modifiers (decl, mangled);
+	      mangled = dlang_type_modifiers (&mods, mangled);
 	      string_setlength (decl, saved);
 	    }
 
-	  /* The rule we expect to match in the mangled string is:
-
-		TypeFunctionNoReturn:
-		    CallConvention FuncAttrs Arguments ArgClose
-
-	     The calling convention and function attributes are not included
-	     in the demangled string.  */
-	  mangled = dlang_call_convention (decl, mangled);
-	  mangled = dlang_attributes (decl, mangled);
-	  string_setlength (decl, saved);
+	  mangled = dlang_function_type_noreturn (decl, NULL, NULL,
+						  mangled, info);
+	  if (suffix_modifiers)
+	    string_appendn (decl, mods.b, string_length (&mods));
 
-	  string_append (decl, "(");
-	  mangled = dlang_function_args (decl, mangled);
-	  string_append (decl, ")");
-
-	  if (mangled == NULL || !ISDIGIT (*mangled))
+	  if (mangled == NULL || *mangled == '\0')
 	    {
 	      /* Did not match the rule we were looking for.  */
 	      mangled = start;
 	      string_setlength (decl, saved);
 	    }
+
+	  string_delete (&mods);
 	}
     }
-  while (mangled && ISDIGIT (*mangled));
+  while (mangled && dlang_symbol_name_p (mangled, info));
 
   return mangled;
 }
@@ -1484,9 +1709,9 @@ dlang_parse_qualified (string *decl, const char *mangled,
 /* Demangle the tuple from MANGLED and append it to DECL.
    Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure.  */
 static const char *
-dlang_parse_tuple (string *decl, const char *mangled)
+dlang_parse_tuple (string *decl, const char *mangled, struct dlang_info *info)
 {
-  long elements;
+  unsigned long elements;
 
   mangled = dlang_number (mangled, &elements);
   if (mangled == NULL)
@@ -1496,7 +1721,10 @@ dlang_parse_tuple (string *decl, const char *mangled)
 
   while (elements--)
     {
-      mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled);
+      mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled, info);
+      if (mangled == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
       if (elements != 0)
 	string_append (decl, ", ");
     }
@@ -1505,10 +1733,71 @@ dlang_parse_tuple (string *decl, const char *mangled)
   return mangled;
 }
 
+/* Demangle the template symbol parameter from MANGLED and append it to DECL.
+   Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure.  */
+static const char *
+dlang_template_symbol_param (string *decl, const char *mangled,
+			     struct dlang_info *info)
+{
+  if (strncmp (mangled, "_D", 2) == 0
+      && dlang_symbol_name_p (mangled + 2, info))
+    return dlang_parse_mangle (decl, mangled, info);
+
+  if (*mangled == 'Q')
+    return dlang_parse_qualified (decl, mangled, info, 0);
+
+  unsigned long len;
+  const char *endptr = dlang_number (mangled, &len);
+
+  if (endptr == NULL || len == 0)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* In template parameter symbols generated by the frontend up to 2.076,
+     the symbol length is encoded and the first character of the mangled
+     name can be a digit.  This causes ambiguity issues because the digits
+     of the two numbers are adjacent.  */
+  long psize = len;
+  const char *pend;
+  int saved = string_length (decl);
+
+  /* Work backwards until a match is found.  */
+  for (pend = endptr; endptr != NULL; pend--)
+    {
+      mangled = pend;
+
+      /* Reached the beginning of the pointer to the name length,
+	 try parsing the entire symbol.  */
+      if (psize == 0)
+	{
+	  psize = len;
+	  pend = endptr;
+	  endptr = NULL;
+	}
+
+      /* Check whether template parameter is a function with a valid
+	 return type or an untyped identifier.  */
+      if (dlang_symbol_name_p (mangled, info))
+	mangled = dlang_parse_qualified (decl, mangled, info, 0);
+      else if (strncmp (mangled, "_D", 2) == 0
+	       && dlang_symbol_name_p (mangled + 2, info))
+	mangled = dlang_parse_mangle (decl, mangled, info);
+
+      /* Check for name length mismatch.  */
+      if (mangled && (endptr == NULL || (mangled - pend) == psize))
+	return mangled;
+
+      psize /= 10;
+      string_setlength (decl, saved);
+    }
+
+  /* No match on any combinations.  */
+  return NULL;
+}
+
 /* Demangle the argument list from MANGLED and append it to DECL.
    Return the remaining string on success or NULL on failure.  */
 static const char *
-dlang_template_args (string *decl, const char *mangled)
+dlang_template_args (string *decl, const char *mangled, struct dlang_info *info)
 {
   size_t n = 0;
 
@@ -1532,11 +1821,11 @@ dlang_template_args (string *decl, const char *mangled)
 	{
 	case 'S': /* Symbol parameter.  */
 	  mangled++;
-	  mangled = dlang_identifier (decl, mangled, dlang_template_param);
+	  mangled = dlang_template_symbol_param (decl, mangled, info);
 	  break;
 	case 'T': /* Type parameter.  */
 	  mangled++;
-	  mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled);
+	  mangled = dlang_type (decl, mangled, info);
 	  break;
 	case 'V': /* Value parameter.  */
 	{
@@ -1547,18 +1836,41 @@ dlang_template_args (string *decl, const char *mangled)
 	  mangled++;
 	  type = *mangled;
 
+	  if (type == 'Q')
+	    {
+	      /* Value type is a back reference, peek at the real type.  */
+	      const char *backref;
+	      if (dlang_backref (mangled, &backref, info) == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+
+	      type = *backref;
+	    }
+
 	  /* In the few instances where the type is actually desired in
 	     the output, it should precede the value from dlang_value.  */
 	  string_init (&name);
-	  mangled = dlang_type (&name, mangled);
+	  mangled = dlang_type (&name, mangled, info);
 	  string_need (&name, 1);
 	  *(name.p) = '\0';
 
-	  mangled = dlang_value (decl, mangled, name.b, type);
+	  mangled = dlang_value (decl, mangled, name.b, type, info);
 	  string_delete (&name);
 	  break;
 	}
+	case 'X': /* Externally mangled parameter.  */
+	{
+	  unsigned long len;
+	  const char *endptr;
+
+	  mangled++;
+	  endptr = dlang_number (mangled, &len);
+	  if (endptr == NULL || strlen (endptr) < len)
+	    return NULL;
 
+	  string_appendn (decl, endptr, len);
+	  mangled = endptr + len;
+	  break;
+	}
 	default:
 	  return NULL;
 	}
@@ -1568,12 +1880,14 @@ dlang_template_args (string *decl, const char *mangled)
 }
 
 /* Extract and demangle the template symbol in MANGLED, expected to
-   be made up of LEN characters, and append it to DECL.
+   be made up of LEN characters (-1 if unknown), and append it to DECL.
    Returns the remaining signature on success or NULL on failure.  */
 static const char *
-dlang_parse_template (string *decl, const char *mangled, long len)
+dlang_parse_template (string *decl, const char *mangled,
+		      struct dlang_info *info, unsigned long len)
 {
   const char *start = mangled;
+  string args;
 
   /* Template instance names have the types and values of its parameters
      encoded into it.
@@ -1587,26 +1901,42 @@ dlang_parse_template (string *decl, const char *mangled, long len)
    */
 
   /* Template symbol.  */
-  if (!ISDIGIT (mangled[3]) || mangled[3] == '0')
+  if (!dlang_symbol_name_p (mangled + 3, info) || mangled[3] == '0')
     return NULL;
 
   mangled += 3;
 
   /* Template identifier.  */
-  mangled = dlang_identifier (decl, mangled, dlang_template_ident);
+  mangled = dlang_identifier (decl, mangled, info);
 
   /* Template arguments.  */
+  string_init (&args);
+  mangled = dlang_template_args (&args, mangled, info);
+
   string_append (decl, "!(");
-  mangled = dlang_template_args (decl, mangled);
+  string_appendn (decl, args.b, string_length (&args));
   string_append (decl, ")");
 
+  string_delete (&args);
+
   /* Check for template name length mismatch.  */
-  if (mangled && (mangled - start) != len)
+  if (len != TEMPLATE_LENGTH_UNKNOWN
+      && mangled
+      && (unsigned long) (mangled - start) != len)
     return NULL;
 
   return mangled;
 }
 
+/* Initialize the information structure we use to pass around information.  */
+static void
+dlang_demangle_init_info (const char *mangled, int last_backref,
+			  struct dlang_info *info)
+{
+  info->s = mangled;
+  info->last_backref = last_backref;
+}
+
 /* Extract and demangle the symbol in MANGLED.  Returns the demangled
    signature on success or NULL on failure.  */
 
@@ -1630,7 +1960,13 @@ dlang_demangle (const char *mangled, int option ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
     }
   else
     {
-      if (dlang_parse_mangle (&decl, mangled, dlang_top_level) == NULL)
+      struct dlang_info info;
+
+      dlang_demangle_init_info (mangled, strlen (mangled), &info);
+      mangled = dlang_parse_mangle (&decl, mangled, &info);
+
+      /* Check that the entire symbol was successfully demangled.  */
+      if (mangled == NULL || *mangled != '\0')
 	string_delete (&decl);
     }
 
diff --git a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/demangle.h b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/demangle.h
index 996203b..f062d77 100644
--- a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/demangle.h
+++ b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/demangle.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Defs for interface to demanglers.
-   Copyright (C) 1992-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1992-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License
@@ -53,21 +53,25 @@ extern "C" {
 					   */
 
 #define DMGL_AUTO	 (1 << 8)
-#define DMGL_GNU	 (1 << 9)
-#define DMGL_LUCID	 (1 << 10)
-#define DMGL_ARM	 (1 << 11)
-#define DMGL_HP 	 (1 << 12)       /* For the HP aCC compiler;
-                                            same as ARM except for
-                                            template arguments, etc. */
-#define DMGL_EDG	 (1 << 13)
 #define DMGL_GNU_V3	 (1 << 14)
 #define DMGL_GNAT	 (1 << 15)
 #define DMGL_DLANG	 (1 << 16)
 #define DMGL_RUST	 (1 << 17)	/* Rust wraps GNU_V3 style mangling.  */
 
 /* If none of these are set, use 'current_demangling_style' as the default. */
-#define DMGL_STYLE_MASK (DMGL_AUTO|DMGL_GNU|DMGL_LUCID|DMGL_ARM|DMGL_HP|DMGL_EDG|DMGL_GNU_V3|DMGL_JAVA|DMGL_GNAT|DMGL_DLANG|DMGL_RUST)
-
+#define DMGL_STYLE_MASK (DMGL_AUTO|DMGL_GNU_V3|DMGL_JAVA|DMGL_GNAT|DMGL_DLANG|DMGL_RUST)
+
+/* Disable a limit on the depth of recursion in mangled strings.
+   Note if this limit is disabled then stack exhaustion is possible when
+   demangling pathologically complicated strings.  Bug reports about stack
+   exhaustion when the option is enabled will be rejected.  */  
+#define DMGL_NO_RECURSE_LIMIT (1 << 18)	
+
+/* If DMGL_NO_RECURSE_LIMIT is not enabled, then this is the value used as
+   the maximum depth of recursion allowed.  It should be enough for any
+   real-world mangled name.  */
+#define DEMANGLE_RECURSION_LIMIT 2048
+  
 /* Enumeration of possible demangling styles.
 
    Lucid and ARM styles are still kept logically distinct, even though
@@ -81,11 +85,6 @@ extern enum demangling_styles
   no_demangling = -1,
   unknown_demangling = 0,
   auto_demangling = DMGL_AUTO,
-  gnu_demangling = DMGL_GNU,
-  lucid_demangling = DMGL_LUCID,
-  arm_demangling = DMGL_ARM,
-  hp_demangling = DMGL_HP,
-  edg_demangling = DMGL_EDG,
   gnu_v3_demangling = DMGL_GNU_V3,
   java_demangling = DMGL_JAVA,
   gnat_demangling = DMGL_GNAT,
@@ -97,11 +96,6 @@ extern enum demangling_styles
 
 #define NO_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING            "none"
 #define AUTO_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING	      "auto"
-#define GNU_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING    	      "gnu"
-#define LUCID_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING	      "lucid"
-#define ARM_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING	      "arm"
-#define HP_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING	      "hp"
-#define EDG_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING	      "edg"
 #define GNU_V3_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING        "gnu-v3"
 #define JAVA_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING          "java"
 #define GNAT_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING          "gnat"
@@ -112,11 +106,6 @@ extern enum demangling_styles
 
 #define CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE current_demangling_style
 #define AUTO_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_AUTO)
-#define GNU_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_GNU)
-#define LUCID_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_LUCID)
-#define ARM_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_ARM)
-#define HP_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_HP)
-#define EDG_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_EDG)
 #define GNU_V3_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_GNU_V3)
 #define JAVA_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_JAVA)
 #define GNAT_DEMANGLING (((int) CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE) & DMGL_GNAT)
@@ -136,17 +125,8 @@ extern const struct demangler_engine
 extern char *
 cplus_demangle (const char *mangled, int options);
 
-extern int
-cplus_demangle_opname (const char *opname, char *result, int options);
-
-extern const char *
-cplus_mangle_opname (const char *opname, int options);
-
 /* Note: This sets global state.  FIXME if you care about multi-threading. */
 
-extern void
-set_cplus_marker_for_demangling (int ch);
-
 extern enum demangling_styles
 cplus_demangle_set_style (enum demangling_styles style);
 
@@ -179,24 +159,11 @@ ada_demangle (const char *mangled, int options);
 extern char *
 dlang_demangle (const char *mangled, int options);
 
-/* Returns non-zero iff MANGLED is a rust mangled symbol.  MANGLED must
-   already have been demangled through cplus_demangle_v3.  If this function
-   returns non-zero then MANGLED can be demangled (in-place) using
-   RUST_DEMANGLE_SYM.  */
 extern int
-rust_is_mangled (const char *mangled);
-
-/* Demangles SYM (in-place) if RUST_IS_MANGLED returned non-zero for SYM.
-   If RUST_IS_MANGLED returned zero for SYM then RUST_DEMANGLE_SYM might
-   replace characters that cannot be demangled with '?' and might truncate
-   SYM.  After calling RUST_DEMANGLE_SYM SYM might be shorter, but never
-   larger.  */
-extern void
-rust_demangle_sym (char *sym);
-
-/* Demangles MANGLED if it was GNU_V3 and then RUST mangled, otherwise
-   returns NULL. Uses CPLUS_DEMANGLE_V3, RUST_IS_MANGLED and
-   RUST_DEMANGLE_SYM.  Returns a new string that is owned by the caller.  */
+rust_demangle_callback (const char *mangled, int options,
+                        demangle_callbackref callback, void *opaque);
+
+
 extern char *
 rust_demangle (const char *mangled, int options);
 
@@ -392,6 +359,9 @@ enum demangle_component_type
      template argument, and the right subtree is either NULL or
      another TEMPLATE_ARGLIST node.  */
   DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_ARGLIST,
+  /* A template parameter object (C++20).  The left subtree is the
+     corresponding template argument.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TPARM_OBJ,
   /* An initializer list.  The left subtree is either an explicit type or
      NULL, and the right subtree is a DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_ARGLIST.  */
   DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_INITIALIZER_LIST,
@@ -438,6 +408,9 @@ enum demangle_component_type
      number which involves neither modifying the mangled string nor
      allocating a new copy of the literal in memory.  */
   DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_LITERAL_NEG,
+  /* A vendor's builtin expression.  The left subtree holds the
+     expression's name, and the right subtree is a argument list.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_VENDOR_EXPR,
   /* A libgcj compiled resource.  The left subtree is the name of the
      resource.  */
   DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_JAVA_RESOURCE,
@@ -475,8 +448,28 @@ enum demangle_component_type
   DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TRANSACTION_SAFE,
   /* A cloned function.  */
   DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_CLONE,
+  /* A member-like friend function.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_FRIEND,
   DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_NOEXCEPT,
-  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_THROW_SPEC
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_THROW_SPEC,
+
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_STRUCTURED_BINDING,
+
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_MODULE_NAME,
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_MODULE_PARTITION,
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_MODULE_ENTITY,
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_MODULE_INIT,
+
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_HEAD,
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_TYPE_PARM,
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_NON_TYPE_PARM,
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_TEMPLATE_PARM,
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_TEMPLATE_PACK_PARM,
+
+  /* A builtin type with argument.  This holds the builtin type
+     information.  */
+  DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_BUILTIN_TYPE
+
 };
 
 /* Types which are only used internally.  */
@@ -498,6 +491,7 @@ struct demangle_component
      Initialize to zero.  Private to d_print_comp.
      All other fields are final after initialization.  */
   int d_printing;
+  int d_counting;
 
   union
   {
@@ -562,6 +556,15 @@ struct demangle_component
       const struct demangle_builtin_type_info *type;
     } s_builtin;
 
+    /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_EXTENDED_BUILTIN_TYPE.  */
+    struct
+    {
+      /* Builtin type.  */
+      const struct demangle_builtin_type_info *type;
+      short arg;
+      char suffix;
+    } s_extended_builtin;
+
     /* For DEMANGLE_COMPONENT_SUB_STD.  */
     struct
     {
diff --git a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/make-temp-file.c b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/make-temp-file.c
index 98e215d..1d2f21d 100644
--- a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/make-temp-file.c
+++ b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/make-temp-file.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Utility to pick a temporary filename prefix.
-   Copyright (C) 1996-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This file is part of the libiberty library.
 Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
@@ -37,8 +37,13 @@ Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
 #include <sys/file.h>   /* May get R_OK, etc. on some systems.  */
 #endif
 #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
 #include <windows.h>
 #endif
+#if HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+
 
 #ifndef R_OK
 #define R_OK 4
@@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ extern int mkstemps (char *, int);
 
 /* Name of temporary file.
    mktemp requires 6 trailing X's.  */
-#define TEMP_FILE "ccXXXXXX"
+#define TEMP_FILE "XXXXXX"
 #define TEMP_FILE_LEN (sizeof(TEMP_FILE) - 1)
 
 #if !defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
@@ -76,13 +81,21 @@ try_dir (const char *dir, const char *base)
     return base;
   if (dir != 0
       && access (dir, R_OK | W_OK | X_OK) == 0)
-    return dir;
+    {
+      /* Check to make sure dir is actually a directory. */
+#ifdef S_ISDIR
+      struct stat s;
+      if (stat (dir, &s))
+	return NULL;
+      if (!S_ISDIR (s.st_mode))
+	return NULL;
+#endif
+      return dir;
+    }
   return 0;
 }
 
 static const char tmp[] = { DIR_SEPARATOR, 't', 'm', 'p', 0 };
-static const char usrtmp[] =
-{ DIR_SEPARATOR, 'u', 's', 'r', DIR_SEPARATOR, 't', 'm', 'p', 0 };
 static const char vartmp[] =
 { DIR_SEPARATOR, 'v', 'a', 'r', DIR_SEPARATOR, 't', 'm', 'p', 0 };
 
@@ -129,9 +142,8 @@ choose_tmpdir (void)
 	base = try_dir (P_tmpdir, base);
 #endif
 
-      /* Try /var/tmp, /usr/tmp, then /tmp.  */
+      /* Try /var/tmp, then /tmp.  */
       base = try_dir (vartmp, base);
-      base = try_dir (usrtmp, base);
       base = try_dir (tmp, base);
       
       /* If all else fails, use the current directory!  */
@@ -181,25 +193,31 @@ string is @code{malloc}ed, and the temporary file has been created.
 */
 
 char *
-make_temp_file (const char *suffix)
+make_temp_file_with_prefix (const char *prefix, const char *suffix)
 {
   const char *base = choose_tmpdir ();
   char *temp_filename;
-  int base_len, suffix_len;
+  int base_len, suffix_len, prefix_len;
   int fd;
 
+  if (prefix == 0)
+    prefix = "cc";
+
   if (suffix == 0)
     suffix = "";
 
   base_len = strlen (base);
+  prefix_len = strlen (prefix);
   suffix_len = strlen (suffix);
 
   temp_filename = XNEWVEC (char, base_len
 			   + TEMP_FILE_LEN
-			   + suffix_len + 1);
+			   + suffix_len
+			   + prefix_len + 1);
   strcpy (temp_filename, base);
-  strcpy (temp_filename + base_len, TEMP_FILE);
-  strcpy (temp_filename + base_len + TEMP_FILE_LEN, suffix);
+  strcpy (temp_filename + base_len, prefix);
+  strcpy (temp_filename + base_len + prefix_len, TEMP_FILE);
+  strcpy (temp_filename + base_len + prefix_len + TEMP_FILE_LEN, suffix);
 
   fd = mkstemps (temp_filename, suffix_len);
   /* Mkstemps failed.  It may be EPERM, ENOSPC etc.  */
@@ -214,3 +232,9 @@ make_temp_file (const char *suffix)
     abort ();
   return temp_filename;
 }
+
+char *
+make_temp_file (const char *suffix)
+{
+  return make_temp_file_with_prefix (NULL, suffix);
+}
diff --git a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/mkstemps.c b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/mkstemps.c
index 8a0effd..91eac19 100644
--- a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/mkstemps.c
+++ b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/mkstemps.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    This file is derived from mkstemp.c from the GNU C Library.
 
    The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
diff --git a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/pex-common.c b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/pex-common.c
index 3a6c7d4..41d741d 100644
--- a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/pex-common.c
+++ b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/pex-common.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Common code for executing a program in a sub-process.
-   Copyright (C) 2005-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Ian Lance Taylor <ian@airs.com>.
 
 This file is part of the libiberty library.
diff --git a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/pex-common.h b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/pex-common.h
index cddcf6b..9d42f3c 100644
--- a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/pex-common.h
+++ b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/pex-common.h
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Utilities to execute a program in a subprocess (possibly linked by pipes
    with other subprocesses), and wait for it.  Shared logic.
-   Copyright (C) 1996-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This file is part of the libiberty library.
 Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
diff --git a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/pex-one.c b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/pex-one.c
index 6b38860..60b8694 100644
--- a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/pex-one.c
+++ b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/pex-one.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Execute a program and wait for a result.
-   Copyright (C) 2005-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This file is part of the libiberty library.
 Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
diff --git a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/pex-unix.c b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/pex-unix.c
index 0b96370..ee52789 100644
--- a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/pex-unix.c
+++ b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/pex-unix.c
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /* Utilities to execute a program in a subprocess (possibly linked by pipes
    with other subprocesses), and wait for it.  Generic Unix version
    (also used for UWIN and VMS).
-   Copyright (C) 1996-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This file is part of the libiberty library.
 Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
@@ -58,6 +58,9 @@ extern int errno;
 #ifdef HAVE_PROCESS_H
 #include <process.h>
 #endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SPAWN_H
+#include <spawn.h>
+#endif
 
 #ifdef vfork /* Autoconf may define this to fork for us. */
 # define VFORK_STRING "fork"
@@ -76,7 +79,7 @@ __attribute__ ((mode (SI)));
 typedef __char_ptr32 *__char_ptr_char_ptr32
 __attribute__ ((mode (SI)));
 
-/* Return a 32 bit pointer to an array of 32 bit pointers
+/* Return a 32 bit pointer to an array of 32 bit pointers 
    given a 64 bit pointer to an array of 64 bit pointers.  */
 
 static __char_ptr_char_ptr32
@@ -262,7 +265,7 @@ pex_wait (struct pex_obj *obj, pid_t pid, int *status, struct pex_time *time)
 
 	  pt.user_seconds = r2.ru_utime.tv_sec - r1.ru_utime.tv_sec;
 	  pt.user_microseconds = r2.ru_utime.tv_usec - r1.ru_utime.tv_usec;
-	  if (r2.ru_utime.tv_usec < r1.ru_utime.tv_usec)
+	  if (pt.user_microseconds < 0)
 	    {
 	      --pt.user_seconds;
 	      pt.user_microseconds += 1000000;
@@ -270,7 +273,7 @@ pex_wait (struct pex_obj *obj, pid_t pid, int *status, struct pex_time *time)
 
 	  pt.system_seconds = r2.ru_stime.tv_sec - r1.ru_stime.tv_sec;
 	  pt.system_microseconds = r2.ru_stime.tv_usec - r1.ru_stime.tv_usec;
-	  if (r2.ru_stime.tv_usec < r1.ru_stime.tv_usec)
+	  if (pt.system_microseconds < 0)
 	    {
 	      --pt.system_seconds;
 	      pt.system_microseconds += 1000000;
@@ -298,8 +301,6 @@ pex_wait (struct pex_obj *obj, pid_t pid, int *status, struct pex_time *time)
 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_WAITPID) */
 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_WAIT4) */
 
-static void pex_child_error (struct pex_obj *, const char *, const char *, int)
-     ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN;
 static int pex_unix_open_read (struct pex_obj *, const char *, int);
 static int pex_unix_open_write (struct pex_obj *, const char *, int, int);
 static pid_t pex_unix_exec_child (struct pex_obj *, int, const char *,
@@ -366,28 +367,6 @@ pex_unix_close (struct pex_obj *obj ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int fd)
   return close (fd);
 }
 
-/* Report an error from a child process.  We don't use stdio routines,
-   because we might be here due to a vfork call.  */
-
-static void
-pex_child_error (struct pex_obj *obj, const char *executable,
-		 const char *errmsg, int err)
-{
-  int retval = 0;
-#define writeerr(s) retval |= (write (STDERR_FILE_NO, s, strlen (s)) < 0)
-  writeerr (obj->pname);
-  writeerr (": error trying to exec '");
-  writeerr (executable);
-  writeerr ("': ");
-  writeerr (errmsg);
-  writeerr (": ");
-  writeerr (xstrerror (err));
-  writeerr ("\n");
-#undef writeerr
-  /* Exit with -2 if the error output failed, too.  */
-  _exit (retval == 0 ? -1 : -2);
-}
-
 /* Execute a child.  */
 
 #if defined(HAVE_SPAWNVE) && defined(HAVE_SPAWNVPE)
@@ -583,6 +562,171 @@ pex_unix_exec_child (struct pex_obj *obj ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   return (pid_t) -1;
 }
 
+#elif defined(HAVE_POSIX_SPAWN) && defined(HAVE_POSIX_SPAWNP)
+/* Implementation of pex->exec_child using posix_spawn.            */
+
+static pid_t
+pex_unix_exec_child (struct pex_obj *obj ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+		     int flags, const char *executable,
+		     char * const * argv, char * const * env,
+		     int in, int out, int errdes,
+		     int toclose, const char **errmsg, int *err)
+{
+  int ret;
+  pid_t pid = -1;
+  posix_spawnattr_t attr;
+  posix_spawn_file_actions_t actions;
+  int attr_initialized = 0, actions_initialized = 0;
+
+  *err = 0;
+
+  ret = posix_spawnattr_init (&attr);
+  if (ret)
+    {
+      *err = ret;
+      *errmsg = "posix_spawnattr_init";
+      goto exit;
+    }
+  attr_initialized = 1;
+
+  /* Use vfork() on glibc <=2.24. */
+#ifdef POSIX_SPAWN_USEVFORK
+  ret = posix_spawnattr_setflags (&attr, POSIX_SPAWN_USEVFORK);
+  if (ret)
+    {
+      *err = ret;
+      *errmsg = "posix_spawnattr_setflags";
+      goto exit;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  ret = posix_spawn_file_actions_init (&actions);
+  if (ret)
+    {
+      *err = ret;
+      *errmsg = "posix_spawn_file_actions_init";
+      goto exit;
+    }
+  actions_initialized = 1;
+
+  if (in != STDIN_FILE_NO)
+    {
+      ret = posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2 (&actions, in, STDIN_FILE_NO);
+      if (ret)
+	{
+	  *err = ret;
+	  *errmsg = "posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2";
+	  goto exit;
+	}
+
+      ret = posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose (&actions, in);
+      if (ret)
+	{
+	  *err = ret;
+	  *errmsg = "posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose";
+	  goto exit;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (out != STDOUT_FILE_NO)
+    {
+      ret = posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2 (&actions, out, STDOUT_FILE_NO);
+      if (ret)
+	{
+	  *err = ret;
+	  *errmsg = "posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2";
+	  goto exit;
+	}
+
+      ret = posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose (&actions, out);
+      if (ret)
+	{
+	  *err = ret;
+	  *errmsg = "posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose";
+	  goto exit;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (errdes != STDERR_FILE_NO)
+    {
+      ret = posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2 (&actions, errdes, STDERR_FILE_NO);
+      if (ret)
+	{
+	  *err = ret;
+	  *errmsg = "posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2";
+	  goto exit;
+	}
+
+      ret = posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose (&actions, errdes);
+      if (ret)
+	{
+	  *err = ret;
+	  *errmsg = "posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose";
+	  goto exit;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (toclose >= 0)
+    {
+      ret = posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose (&actions, toclose);
+      if (ret)
+	{
+	  *err = ret;
+	  *errmsg = "posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose";
+	  goto exit;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if ((flags & PEX_STDERR_TO_STDOUT) != 0)
+    {
+      ret = posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2 (&actions, STDOUT_FILE_NO, STDERR_FILE_NO);
+      if (ret)
+	{
+	  *err = ret;
+	  *errmsg = "posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2";
+	  goto exit;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if ((flags & PEX_SEARCH) != 0)
+    {
+      ret = posix_spawnp (&pid, executable, &actions, &attr, argv, env ? env : environ);
+      if (ret)
+	{
+	  *err = ret;
+	  *errmsg = "posix_spawnp";
+	  goto exit;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      ret = posix_spawn (&pid, executable, &actions, &attr, argv, env ? env : environ);
+      if (ret)
+	{
+	  *err = ret;
+	  *errmsg = "posix_spawn";
+	  goto exit;
+	}
+    }
+
+exit:
+  if (actions_initialized)
+    posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy (&actions);
+  if (attr_initialized)
+    posix_spawnattr_destroy (&attr);
+
+  if (!*err && in != STDIN_FILE_NO)
+    if (close (in))
+      *errmsg = "close", *err = errno, pid = -1;
+  if (!*err && out != STDOUT_FILE_NO)
+    if (close (out))
+      *errmsg = "close", *err = errno, pid = -1;
+  if (!*err && errdes != STDERR_FILE_NO)
+    if (close (errdes))
+      *errmsg = "close", *err = errno, pid = -1;
+
+  return pid;
+}
 #else
 /* Implementation of pex->exec_child using standard vfork + exec.  */
 
@@ -592,21 +736,53 @@ pex_unix_exec_child (struct pex_obj *obj, int flags, const char *executable,
                      int in, int out, int errdes,
 		     int toclose, const char **errmsg, int *err)
 {
-  pid_t pid;
+  pid_t pid = -1;
+  /* Tuple to communicate error from child to parent.  We can safely
+     transfer string literal pointers as both run with identical
+     address mappings.  */
+  struct fn_err 
+  {
+    const char *fn;
+    int err;
+  };
+  volatile int do_pipe = 0;
+  volatile int pipes[2]; /* [0]:reader,[1]:writer.  */
+#ifdef O_CLOEXEC
+  do_pipe = 1;
+#endif
+  if (do_pipe)
+    {
+#ifdef HAVE_PIPE2
+      if (pipe2 ((int *)pipes, O_CLOEXEC))
+	do_pipe = 0;
+#else
+      if (pipe ((int *)pipes))
+	do_pipe = 0;
+      else
+	{
+	  if (fcntl (pipes[1], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC) == -1)
+	    {
+	      close (pipes[0]);
+	      close (pipes[1]);
+	      do_pipe = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+#endif
+    }
 
   /* We declare these to be volatile to avoid warnings from gcc about
      them being clobbered by vfork.  */
-  volatile int sleep_interval;
+  volatile int sleep_interval = 1;
   volatile int retries;
 
   /* We vfork and then set environ in the child before calling execvp.
      This clobbers the parent's environ so we need to restore it.
      It would be nice to use one of the exec* functions that takes an
-     environment as a parameter, but that may have portability issues.  */
-  char **save_environ = environ;
+     environment as a parameter, but that may have portability
+     issues.  It is marked volatile so the child doesn't consider it a
+     dead variable and therefore clobber where ever it is stored.  */
+  char **volatile save_environ = environ;
 
-  sleep_interval = 1;
-  pid = -1;
   for (retries = 0; retries < 4; ++retries)
     {
       pid = vfork ();
@@ -619,104 +795,138 @@ pex_unix_exec_child (struct pex_obj *obj, int flags, const char *executable,
   switch (pid)
     {
     case -1:
+      if (do_pipe)
+	{
+	  close (pipes[0]);
+	  close (pipes[1]);
+	}
       *err = errno;
       *errmsg = VFORK_STRING;
       return (pid_t) -1;
 
     case 0:
       /* Child process.  */
-      if (in != STDIN_FILE_NO)
-	{
-	  if (dup2 (in, STDIN_FILE_NO) < 0)
-	    pex_child_error (obj, executable, "dup2", errno);
-	  if (close (in) < 0)
-	    pex_child_error (obj, executable, "close", errno);
-	}
-      if (out != STDOUT_FILE_NO)
-	{
-	  if (dup2 (out, STDOUT_FILE_NO) < 0)
-	    pex_child_error (obj, executable, "dup2", errno);
-	  if (close (out) < 0)
-	    pex_child_error (obj, executable, "close", errno);
-	}
-      if (errdes != STDERR_FILE_NO)
-	{
-	  if (dup2 (errdes, STDERR_FILE_NO) < 0)
-	    pex_child_error (obj, executable, "dup2", errno);
-	  if (close (errdes) < 0)
-	    pex_child_error (obj, executable, "close", errno);
-	}
-      if (toclose >= 0)
-	{
-	  if (close (toclose) < 0)
-	    pex_child_error (obj, executable, "close", errno);
-	}
-      if ((flags & PEX_STDERR_TO_STDOUT) != 0)
-	{
-	  if (dup2 (STDOUT_FILE_NO, STDERR_FILE_NO) < 0)
-	    pex_child_error (obj, executable, "dup2", errno);
-	}
-
-      if (env)
-	{
-	  /* NOTE: In a standard vfork implementation this clobbers the
-	     parent's copy of environ "too" (in reality there's only one copy).
-	     This is ok as we restore it below.  */
-	  environ = (char**) env;
-	}
-
-      if ((flags & PEX_SEARCH) != 0)
-	{
-	  execvp (executable, to_ptr32 (argv));
-	  pex_child_error (obj, executable, "execvp", errno);
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  execv (executable, to_ptr32 (argv));
-	  pex_child_error (obj, executable, "execv", errno);
-	}
+      {
+	struct fn_err failed;
+	failed.fn = NULL;
+
+	if (do_pipe)
+	  close (pipes[0]);
+	if (!failed.fn && in != STDIN_FILE_NO)
+	  {
+	    if (dup2 (in, STDIN_FILE_NO) < 0)
+	      failed.fn = "dup2", failed.err = errno;
+	    else if (close (in) < 0)
+	      failed.fn = "close", failed.err = errno;
+	  }
+	if (!failed.fn && out != STDOUT_FILE_NO)
+	  {
+	    if (dup2 (out, STDOUT_FILE_NO) < 0)
+	      failed.fn = "dup2", failed.err = errno;
+	    else if (close (out) < 0)
+	      failed.fn = "close", failed.err = errno;
+	  }
+	if (!failed.fn && errdes != STDERR_FILE_NO)
+	  {
+	    if (dup2 (errdes, STDERR_FILE_NO) < 0)
+	      failed.fn = "dup2", failed.err = errno;
+	    else if (close (errdes) < 0)
+	      failed.fn = "close", failed.err = errno;
+	  }
+	if (!failed.fn && toclose >= 0)
+	  {
+	    if (close (toclose) < 0)
+	      failed.fn = "close", failed.err = errno;
+	  }
+	if (!failed.fn && (flags & PEX_STDERR_TO_STDOUT) != 0)
+	  {
+	    if (dup2 (STDOUT_FILE_NO, STDERR_FILE_NO) < 0)
+	      failed.fn = "dup2", failed.err = errno;
+	  }
+	if (!failed.fn)
+	  {
+	    if (env)
+	      /* NOTE: In a standard vfork implementation this clobbers
+		 the parent's copy of environ "too" (in reality there's
+		 only one copy).  This is ok as we restore it below.  */
+	      environ = (char**) env;
+	    if ((flags & PEX_SEARCH) != 0)
+	      {
+		execvp (executable, to_ptr32 (argv));
+		failed.fn = "execvp", failed.err = errno;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		execv (executable, to_ptr32 (argv));
+		failed.fn = "execv", failed.err = errno;
+	      }
+	  }
+
+	/* Something failed, report an error.  We don't use stdio
+	   routines, because we might be here due to a vfork call.  */
+	ssize_t retval = 0;
+
+	if (!do_pipe
+	    || write (pipes[1], &failed, sizeof (failed)) != sizeof (failed))
+	  {
+	    /* The parent will not see our scream above, so write to
+	       stdout.  */
+#define writeerr(s) (retval |= write (STDERR_FILE_NO, s, strlen (s)))
+	    writeerr (obj->pname);
+	    writeerr (": error trying to exec '");
+	    writeerr (executable);
+	    writeerr ("': ");
+	    writeerr (failed.fn);
+	    writeerr (": ");
+	    writeerr (xstrerror (failed.err));
+	    writeerr ("\n");
+#undef writeerr
+	  }
 
+	/* Exit with -2 if the error output failed, too.  */
+	_exit (retval < 0 ? -2 : -1);
+      }
       /* NOTREACHED */
       return (pid_t) -1;
 
     default:
       /* Parent process.  */
-
-      /* Restore environ.
-	 Note that the parent either doesn't run until the child execs/exits
-	 (standard vfork behaviour), or if it does run then vfork is behaving
-	 more like fork.  In either case we needn't worry about clobbering
-	 the child's copy of environ.  */
-      environ = save_environ;
-
-      if (in != STDIN_FILE_NO)
-	{
+      {
+	/* Restore environ.  Note that the parent either doesn't run
+	   until the child execs/exits (standard vfork behaviour), or
+	   if it does run then vfork is behaving more like fork.  In
+	   either case we needn't worry about clobbering the child's
+	   copy of environ.  */
+	environ = save_environ;
+
+	struct fn_err failed;
+	failed.fn = NULL;
+	if (do_pipe)
+	  {
+	    close (pipes[1]);
+	    ssize_t len = read (pipes[0], &failed, sizeof (failed));
+	    if (len < 0)
+	      failed.fn = NULL;
+	    close (pipes[0]);
+	  }
+
+	if (!failed.fn && in != STDIN_FILE_NO)
 	  if (close (in) < 0)
-	    {
-	      *err = errno;
-	      *errmsg = "close";
-	      return (pid_t) -1;
-	    }
-	}
-      if (out != STDOUT_FILE_NO)
-	{
+	    failed.fn = "close", failed.err = errno;
+	if (!failed.fn && out != STDOUT_FILE_NO)
 	  if (close (out) < 0)
-	    {
-	      *err = errno;
-	      *errmsg = "close";
-	      return (pid_t) -1;
-	    }
-	}
-      if (errdes != STDERR_FILE_NO)
-	{
+	    failed.fn = "close", failed.err = errno;
+	if (!failed.fn && errdes != STDERR_FILE_NO)
 	  if (close (errdes) < 0)
-	    {
-	      *err = errno;
-	      *errmsg = "close";
-	      return (pid_t) -1;
-	    }
-	}
-
+	    failed.fn = "close", failed.err = errno;
+
+	if (failed.fn)
+	  {
+	    *err = failed.err;
+	    *errmsg = failed.fn;
+	    return (pid_t) -1;
+	  }
+      }
       return pid;
     }
 }
diff --git a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/pex-win32.c b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/pex-win32.c
index 9131158..f7fe306 100644
--- a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/pex-win32.c
+++ b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/pex-win32.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Utilities to execute a program in a subprocess (possibly linked by pipes
    with other subprocesses), and wait for it.  Generic Win32 specialization.
-   Copyright (C) 1996-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This file is part of the libiberty library.
 Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
 
 #include "pex-common.h"
 
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
 #include <windows.h>
 
 #ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
@@ -350,7 +351,7 @@ argv_to_cmdline (char *const *argv)
 	 prevent wasting 2 chars per argument of the CreateProcess 32k char
 	 limit.  We need only escape embedded double-quotes and immediately
 	 preceeding backslash characters.  A sequence of backslach characters
-	 that is not follwed by a double quote character will not be
+	 that is not followed by a double quote character will not be
 	 escaped.  */
       needs_quotes = 0;
       for (j = 0; argv[i][j]; j++)
@@ -365,7 +366,7 @@ argv_to_cmdline (char *const *argv)
 	      /* Escape preceeding backslashes.  */
 	      for (k = j - 1; k >= 0 && argv[i][k] == '\\'; k--)
 		cmdline_len++;
-	      /* Escape the qote character.  */
+	      /* Escape the quote character.  */
 	      cmdline_len++;
 	    }
 	}
@@ -568,7 +569,8 @@ env_compare (const void *a_ptr, const void *b_ptr)
  * target is not actually an executable, such as if it is a shell script. */
 
 static pid_t
-win32_spawn (const char *executable,
+win32_spawn (struct pex_obj *obj,
+         const char *executable,
 	     BOOL search,
 	     char *const *argv,
              char *const *env, /* array of strings of the form: VAR=VALUE */
@@ -576,14 +578,12 @@ win32_spawn (const char *executable,
 	     LPSTARTUPINFO si,
 	     LPPROCESS_INFORMATION pi)
 {
-  char *full_executable;
-  char *cmdline;
+  char *full_executable = NULL;
+  char *cmdline = NULL;
+  pid_t pid = (pid_t) -1;
   char **env_copy;
   char *env_block = NULL;
 
-  full_executable = NULL;
-  cmdline = NULL;
-
   if (env)
     {
       int env_size;
@@ -621,13 +621,42 @@ win32_spawn (const char *executable,
 
   full_executable = find_executable (executable, search);
   if (!full_executable)
-    goto error;
+    goto exit;
   cmdline = argv_to_cmdline (argv);
   if (!cmdline)
-    goto error;
-    
-  /* Create the child process.  */  
-  if (!CreateProcess (full_executable, cmdline, 
+    goto exit;
+  /* If cmdline is too large, CreateProcess will fail with a bad
+     'No such file or directory' error. Try passing it through a
+     temporary response file instead.  */
+  if (strlen (cmdline) > 32767)
+    {
+      char *response_file = make_temp_file ("");
+      /* Register the file for deletion by pex_free.  */
+      ++obj->remove_count;
+      obj->remove = XRESIZEVEC (char *, obj->remove, obj->remove_count);
+      obj->remove[obj->remove_count - 1] = response_file;
+      int fd = pex_win32_open_write (obj, response_file, 0, 0);
+      if (fd == -1)
+        goto exit;
+      FILE *f = pex_win32_fdopenw (obj, fd, 0);
+      /* Don't write argv[0] (program name) to the response file.  */
+      if (writeargv (&argv[1], f))
+        {
+          fclose (f);
+          goto exit;
+        }
+      fclose (f); /* Also closes fd and the underlying OS handle.  */
+      char *response_arg = concat ("@", response_file, NULL);
+      char *response_argv[3] = {argv[0], response_arg, NULL};
+      free (cmdline);
+      cmdline = argv_to_cmdline (response_argv);
+      free (response_arg);
+      if (!cmdline)
+        goto exit;
+    }
+  
+  /* Create the child process.  */
+  if (CreateProcess (full_executable, cmdline,
 		      /*lpProcessAttributes=*/NULL,
 		      /*lpThreadAttributes=*/NULL,
 		      /*bInheritHandles=*/TRUE,
@@ -637,33 +666,25 @@ win32_spawn (const char *executable,
 		      si,
 		      pi))
     {
-      free (env_block);
-
-      free (full_executable);
-
-      return (pid_t) -1;
+      CloseHandle (pi->hThread);
+      pid = (pid_t) pi->hProcess;
     }
 
+ exit:
   /* Clean up.  */
-  CloseHandle (pi->hThread);
-  free (full_executable);
-  free (env_block);
-
-  return (pid_t) pi->hProcess;
-
- error:
   free (env_block);
   free (cmdline);
   free (full_executable);
-
-  return (pid_t) -1;
+  
+  return pid;
 }
 
 /* Spawn a script.  This simulates the Unix script execution mechanism.
    This function is called as a fallback if win32_spawn fails. */
 
 static pid_t
-spawn_script (const char *executable, char *const *argv,
+spawn_script (struct pex_obj *obj,
+              const char *executable, char *const *argv,
               char* const *env,
 	      DWORD dwCreationFlags,
 	      LPSTARTUPINFO si,
@@ -713,20 +734,20 @@ spawn_script (const char *executable, char *const *argv,
 	      executable = strrchr (executable1, '\\') + 1;
 	      if (!executable)
 		executable = executable1;
-	      pid = win32_spawn (executable, TRUE, argv, env,
+	      pid = win32_spawn (obj, executable, TRUE, argv, env,
 				 dwCreationFlags, si, pi);
 #else
 	      if (strchr (executable1, '\\') == NULL)
-		pid = win32_spawn (executable1, TRUE, argv, env,
+		pid = win32_spawn (obj, executable1, TRUE, argv, env,
 				   dwCreationFlags, si, pi);
 	      else if (executable1[0] != '\\')
-		pid = win32_spawn (executable1, FALSE, argv, env,
+		pid = win32_spawn (obj, executable1, FALSE, argv, env,
 				   dwCreationFlags, si, pi);
 	      else
 		{
 		  const char *newex = mingw_rootify (executable1);
 		  *avhere = newex;
-		  pid = win32_spawn (newex, FALSE, argv, env,
+		  pid = win32_spawn (obj, newex, FALSE, argv, env,
 				     dwCreationFlags, si, pi);
 		  if (executable1 != newex)
 		    free ((char *) newex);
@@ -736,7 +757,7 @@ spawn_script (const char *executable, char *const *argv,
 		      if (newex != executable1)
 			{
 			  *avhere = newex;
-			  pid = win32_spawn (newex, FALSE, argv, env,
+			  pid = win32_spawn (obj, newex, FALSE, argv, env,
 					     dwCreationFlags, si, pi);
 			  free ((char *) newex);
 			}
@@ -755,7 +776,7 @@ spawn_script (const char *executable, char *const *argv,
 /* Execute a child.  */
 
 static pid_t
-pex_win32_exec_child (struct pex_obj *obj ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int flags,
+pex_win32_exec_child (struct pex_obj *obj, int flags,
 		      const char *executable, char * const * argv,
                       char* const* env,
 		      int in, int out, int errdes,
@@ -771,7 +792,7 @@ pex_win32_exec_child (struct pex_obj *obj ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int flags,
   OSVERSIONINFO version_info;
   STARTUPINFO si;
   PROCESS_INFORMATION pi;
-  int orig_out, orig_in, orig_err;
+  int orig_out, orig_in, orig_err = 0;
   BOOL separate_stderr = !(flags & PEX_STDERR_TO_STDOUT);
 
   /* Ensure we have inheritable descriptors to pass to the child.  */
@@ -851,10 +872,10 @@ pex_win32_exec_child (struct pex_obj *obj ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int flags,
   si.hStdError = stderr_handle;
 
   /* Create the child process.  */  
-  pid = win32_spawn (executable, (flags & PEX_SEARCH) != 0,
+  pid = win32_spawn (obj, executable, (flags & PEX_SEARCH) != 0,
 		     argv, env, dwCreationFlags, &si, &pi);
   if (pid == (pid_t) -1)
-    pid = spawn_script (executable, argv, env, dwCreationFlags,
+    pid = spawn_script (obj, executable, argv, env, dwCreationFlags,
                         &si, &pi);
   if (pid == (pid_t) -1)
     {
diff --git a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/rust-demangle.c b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/rust-demangle.c
index 3d7d090..c7630f1 100644
--- a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/rust-demangle.c
+++ b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/rust-demangle.c
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 /* Demangler for the Rust programming language
-   Copyright (C) 2016-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2016-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by David Tolnay (dtolnay@gmail.com).
+   Rewritten by Eduard-Mihai Burtescu (eddyb@lyken.rs) for v0 support.
 
 This file is part of the libiberty library.
 Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
@@ -33,9 +34,11 @@ If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
 
 #include "safe-ctype.h"
 
+#include <inttypes.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <string.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
 
 #ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
 #include <string.h>
@@ -48,301 +51,1554 @@ extern void *memset(void *s, int c, size_t n);
 #include <demangle.h>
 #include "libiberty.h"
 
+struct rust_demangler
+{
+  const char *sym;
+  size_t sym_len;
 
-/* Mangled Rust symbols look like this:
-     _$LT$std..sys..fd..FileDesc$u20$as$u20$core..ops..Drop$GT$::drop::hc68340e1baa4987a
+  void *callback_opaque;
+  demangle_callbackref callback;
 
-   The original symbol is:
-     <std::sys::fd::FileDesc as core::ops::Drop>::drop
+  /* Position of the next character to read from the symbol. */
+  size_t next;
 
-   The last component of the path is a 64-bit hash in lowercase hex,
-   prefixed with "h". Rust does not have a global namespace between
-   crates, an illusion which Rust maintains by using the hash to
-   distinguish things that would otherwise have the same symbol.
+  /* Non-zero if any error occurred. */
+  int errored;
 
-   Any path component not starting with a XID_Start character is
-   prefixed with "_".
+  /* Non-zero if nothing should be printed. */
+  int skipping_printing;
 
-   The following escape sequences are used:
+  /* Non-zero if printing should be verbose (e.g. include hashes). */
+  int verbose;
 
-   ","  =>  $C$
-   "@"  =>  $SP$
-   "*"  =>  $BP$
-   "&"  =>  $RF$
-   "<"  =>  $LT$
-   ">"  =>  $GT$
-   "("  =>  $LP$
-   ")"  =>  $RP$
-   " "  =>  $u20$
-   "\"" =>  $u22$
-   "'"  =>  $u27$
-   "+"  =>  $u2b$
-   ";"  =>  $u3b$
-   "["  =>  $u5b$
-   "]"  =>  $u5d$
-   "{"  =>  $u7b$
-   "}"  =>  $u7d$
-   "~"  =>  $u7e$
+  /* Rust mangling version, with legacy mangling being -1. */
+  int version;
 
-   A double ".." means "::" and a single "." means "-".
+  /* Recursion depth.  */
+  unsigned int recursion;
+  /* Maximum number of times demangle_path may be called recursively.  */
+#define RUST_MAX_RECURSION_COUNT  1024
+#define RUST_NO_RECURSION_LIMIT   ((unsigned int) -1)
 
-   The only characters allowed in the mangled symbol are a-zA-Z0-9 and _.:$  */
+  uint64_t bound_lifetime_depth;
+};
 
-static const char *hash_prefix = "::h";
-static const size_t hash_prefix_len = 3;
-static const size_t hash_len = 16;
+/* Parsing functions. */
 
-static int is_prefixed_hash (const char *start);
-static int looks_like_rust (const char *sym, size_t len);
-static int unescape (const char **in, char **out, const char *seq, char value);
+static char
+peek (const struct rust_demangler *rdm)
+{
+  if (rdm->next < rdm->sym_len)
+    return rdm->sym[rdm->next];
+  return 0;
+}
 
-/* INPUT: sym: symbol that has been through C++ (gnu v3) demangling
+static int
+eat (struct rust_demangler *rdm, char c)
+{
+  if (peek (rdm) == c)
+    {
+      rdm->next++;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
 
-   This function looks for the following indicators:
+static char
+next (struct rust_demangler *rdm)
+{
+  char c = peek (rdm);
+  if (!c)
+    rdm->errored = 1;
+  else
+    rdm->next++;
+  return c;
+}
 
-   1. The hash must consist of "h" followed by 16 lowercase hex digits.
+static uint64_t
+parse_integer_62 (struct rust_demangler *rdm)
+{
+  char c;
+  uint64_t x;
 
-   2. As a sanity check, the hash must use between 5 and 15 of the 16
-      possible hex digits. This is true of 99.9998% of hashes so once
-      in your life you may see a false negative. The point is to
-      notice path components that could be Rust hashes but are
-      probably not, like "haaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa". In this case a false
-      positive (non-Rust symbol has an important path component
-      removed because it looks like a Rust hash) is worse than a false
-      negative (the rare Rust symbol is not demangled) so this sets
-      the balance in favor of false negatives.
+  if (eat (rdm, '_'))
+    return 0;
 
-   3. There must be no characters other than a-zA-Z0-9 and _.:$
+  x = 0;
+  while (!eat (rdm, '_') && !rdm->errored)
+    {
+      c = next (rdm);
+      x *= 62;
+      if (ISDIGIT (c))
+        x += c - '0';
+      else if (ISLOWER (c))
+        x += 10 + (c - 'a');
+      else if (ISUPPER (c))
+        x += 10 + 26 + (c - 'A');
+      else
+        {
+          rdm->errored = 1;
+          return 0;
+        }
+    }
+  return x + 1;
+}
 
-   4. There must be no unrecognized $-sign sequences.
+static uint64_t
+parse_opt_integer_62 (struct rust_demangler *rdm, char tag)
+{
+  if (!eat (rdm, tag))
+    return 0;
+  return 1 + parse_integer_62 (rdm);
+}
 
-   5. There must be no sequence of three or more dots in a row ("...").  */
+static uint64_t
+parse_disambiguator (struct rust_demangler *rdm)
+{
+  return parse_opt_integer_62 (rdm, 's');
+}
 
-int
-rust_is_mangled (const char *sym)
+static size_t
+parse_hex_nibbles (struct rust_demangler *rdm, uint64_t *value)
 {
-  size_t len, len_without_hash;
+  char c;
+  size_t hex_len;
 
-  if (!sym)
-    return 0;
+  hex_len = 0;
+  *value = 0;
 
-  len = strlen (sym);
-  if (len <= hash_prefix_len + hash_len)
-    /* Not long enough to contain "::h" + hash + something else */
-    return 0;
+  while (!eat (rdm, '_'))
+    {
+      *value <<= 4;
 
-  len_without_hash = len - (hash_prefix_len + hash_len);
-  if (!is_prefixed_hash (sym + len_without_hash))
-    return 0;
+      c = next (rdm);
+      if (ISDIGIT (c))
+        *value |= c - '0';
+      else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')
+        *value |= 10 + (c - 'a');
+      else
+        {
+          rdm->errored = 1;
+          return 0;
+        }
+      hex_len++;
+    }
+
+  return hex_len;
+}
+
+struct rust_mangled_ident
+{
+  /* ASCII part of the identifier. */
+  const char *ascii;
+  size_t ascii_len;
+
+  /* Punycode insertion codes for Unicode codepoints, if any. */
+  const char *punycode;
+  size_t punycode_len;
+};
+
+static struct rust_mangled_ident
+parse_ident (struct rust_demangler *rdm)
+{
+  char c;
+  size_t start, len;
+  int is_punycode = 0;
+  struct rust_mangled_ident ident;
+
+  ident.ascii = NULL;
+  ident.ascii_len = 0;
+  ident.punycode = NULL;
+  ident.punycode_len = 0;
+
+  if (rdm->version != -1)
+    is_punycode = eat (rdm, 'u');
+
+  c = next (rdm);
+  if (!ISDIGIT (c))
+    {
+      rdm->errored = 1;
+      return ident;
+    }
+  len = c - '0';
+
+  if (c != '0')
+    while (ISDIGIT (peek (rdm)))
+      len = len * 10 + (next (rdm) - '0');
+
+  /* Skip past the optional `_` separator (v0). */
+  if (rdm->version != -1)
+    eat (rdm, '_');
 
-  return looks_like_rust (sym, len_without_hash);
+  start = rdm->next;
+  rdm->next += len;
+  /* Check for overflows. */
+  if ((start > rdm->next) || (rdm->next > rdm->sym_len))
+    {
+      rdm->errored = 1;
+      return ident;
+    }
+
+  ident.ascii = rdm->sym + start;
+  ident.ascii_len = len;
+
+  if (is_punycode)
+    {
+      ident.punycode_len = 0;
+      while (ident.ascii_len > 0)
+        {
+          ident.ascii_len--;
+
+          /* The last '_' is a separator between ascii & punycode. */
+          if (ident.ascii[ident.ascii_len] == '_')
+            break;
+
+          ident.punycode_len++;
+        }
+      if (!ident.punycode_len)
+        {
+          rdm->errored = 1;
+          return ident;
+        }
+      ident.punycode = ident.ascii + (len - ident.punycode_len);
+    }
+
+  if (ident.ascii_len == 0)
+    ident.ascii = NULL;
+
+  return ident;
 }
 
-/* A hash is the prefix "::h" followed by 16 lowercase hex digits. The
-   hex digits must comprise between 5 and 15 (inclusive) distinct
-   digits.  */
+/* Printing functions. */
+
+static void
+print_str (struct rust_demangler *rdm, const char *data, size_t len)
+{
+  if (!rdm->errored && !rdm->skipping_printing)
+    rdm->callback (data, len, rdm->callback_opaque);
+}
 
+#define PRINT(s) print_str (rdm, s, strlen (s))
+
+static void
+print_uint64 (struct rust_demangler *rdm, uint64_t x)
+{
+  char s[21];
+  snprintf (s, 21, "%" PRIu64, x);
+  PRINT (s);
+}
+
+static void
+print_uint64_hex (struct rust_demangler *rdm, uint64_t x)
+{
+  char s[17];
+  snprintf (s, 17, "%" PRIx64, x);
+  PRINT (s);
+}
+
+/* Return a 0x0-0xf value if the char is 0-9a-f, and -1 otherwise. */
 static int
-is_prefixed_hash (const char *str)
+decode_lower_hex_nibble (char nibble)
 {
-  const char *end;
-  char seen[16];
-  size_t i;
-  int count;
+  if ('0' <= nibble && nibble <= '9')
+    return nibble - '0';
+  if ('a' <= nibble && nibble <= 'f')
+    return 0xa + (nibble - 'a');
+  return -1;
+}
 
-  if (strncmp (str, hash_prefix, hash_prefix_len))
+/* Return the unescaped character for a "$...$" escape, or 0 if invalid. */
+static char
+decode_legacy_escape (const char *e, size_t len, size_t *out_len)
+{
+  char c = 0;
+  size_t escape_len = 0;
+  int lo_nibble = -1, hi_nibble = -1;
+
+  if (len < 3 || e[0] != '$')
     return 0;
-  str += hash_prefix_len;
-
-  memset (seen, 0, sizeof(seen));
-  for (end = str + hash_len; str < end; str++)
-    if (*str >= '0' && *str <= '9')
-      seen[*str - '0'] = 1;
-    else if (*str >= 'a' && *str <= 'f')
-      seen[*str - 'a' + 10] = 1;
-    else
-      return 0;
 
-  /* Count how many distinct digits seen */
-  count = 0;
-  for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
-    if (seen[i])
-      count++;
+  e++;
+  len--;
+
+  if (e[0] == 'C')
+    {
+      escape_len = 1;
+
+      c = ',';
+    }
+  else if (len > 2)
+    {
+      escape_len = 2;
+
+      if (e[0] == 'S' && e[1] == 'P')
+        c = '@';
+      else if (e[0] == 'B' && e[1] == 'P')
+        c = '*';
+      else if (e[0] == 'R' && e[1] == 'F')
+        c = '&';
+      else if (e[0] == 'L' && e[1] == 'T')
+        c = '<';
+      else if (e[0] == 'G' && e[1] == 'T')
+        c = '>';
+      else if (e[0] == 'L' && e[1] == 'P')
+        c = '(';
+      else if (e[0] == 'R' && e[1] == 'P')
+        c = ')';
+      else if (e[0] == 'u' && len > 3)
+        {
+          escape_len = 3;
 
-  return count >= 5 && count <= 15;
+          hi_nibble = decode_lower_hex_nibble (e[1]);
+          if (hi_nibble < 0)
+            return 0;
+          lo_nibble = decode_lower_hex_nibble (e[2]);
+          if (lo_nibble < 0)
+            return 0;
+
+          /* Only allow non-control ASCII characters. */
+          if (hi_nibble > 7)
+            return 0;
+          c = (hi_nibble << 4) | lo_nibble;
+          if (c < 0x20)
+            return 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (!c || len <= escape_len || e[escape_len] != '$')
+    return 0;
+
+  *out_len = 2 + escape_len;
+  return c;
 }
 
-static int
-looks_like_rust (const char *str, size_t len)
-{
-  const char *end = str + len;
-
-  while (str < end)
-    switch (*str)
-      {
-      case '$':
-	if (!strncmp (str, "$C$", 3))
-	  str += 3;
-	else if (!strncmp (str, "$SP$", 4)
-		 || !strncmp (str, "$BP$", 4)
-		 || !strncmp (str, "$RF$", 4)
-		 || !strncmp (str, "$LT$", 4)
-		 || !strncmp (str, "$GT$", 4)
-		 || !strncmp (str, "$LP$", 4)
-		 || !strncmp (str, "$RP$", 4))
-	  str += 4;
-	else if (!strncmp (str, "$u20$", 5)
-		 || !strncmp (str, "$u22$", 5)
-		 || !strncmp (str, "$u27$", 5)
-		 || !strncmp (str, "$u2b$", 5)
-		 || !strncmp (str, "$u3b$", 5)
-		 || !strncmp (str, "$u5b$", 5)
-		 || !strncmp (str, "$u5d$", 5)
-		 || !strncmp (str, "$u7b$", 5)
-		 || !strncmp (str, "$u7d$", 5)
-		 || !strncmp (str, "$u7e$", 5))
-	  str += 5;
-	else
-	  return 0;
-	break;
-      case '.':
-	/* Do not allow three or more consecutive dots */
-	if (!strncmp (str, "...", 3))
-	  return 0;
-	/* Fall through */
-      case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f':
-      case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l':
-      case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r':
-      case 's': case 't': case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x':
-      case 'y': case 'z':
-      case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
-      case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L':
-      case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R':
-      case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
-      case 'Y': case 'Z':
-      case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
-      case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
-      case '_':
-      case ':':
-	str++;
-	break;
-      default:
-	return 0;
-      }
-
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-  INPUT: sym: symbol for which rust_is_mangled(sym) returned 1.
-
-  The input is demangled in-place because the mangled name is always
-  longer than the demangled one.  */
-
-void
-rust_demangle_sym (char *sym)
-{
-  const char *in;
-  char *out;
-  const char *end;
-
-  if (!sym)
+static void
+print_ident (struct rust_demangler *rdm, struct rust_mangled_ident ident)
+{
+  char unescaped;
+  uint8_t *out, *p, d;
+  size_t len, cap, punycode_pos, j;
+  /* Punycode parameters and state. */
+  uint32_t c;
+  size_t base, t_min, t_max, skew, damp, bias, i;
+  size_t delta, w, k, t;
+
+  if (rdm->errored || rdm->skipping_printing)
     return;
 
-  in = sym;
-  out = sym;
-  end = sym + strlen (sym) - (hash_prefix_len + hash_len);
-
-  while (in < end)
-    switch (*in)
-      {
-      case '$':
-	if (!(unescape (&in, &out, "$C$", ',')
-	      || unescape (&in, &out, "$SP$", '@')
-	      || unescape (&in, &out, "$BP$", '*')
-	      || unescape (&in, &out, "$RF$", '&')
-	      || unescape (&in, &out, "$LT$", '<')
-	      || unescape (&in, &out, "$GT$", '>')
-	      || unescape (&in, &out, "$LP$", '(')
-	      || unescape (&in, &out, "$RP$", ')')
-	      || unescape (&in, &out, "$u20$", ' ')
-	      || unescape (&in, &out, "$u22$", '\"')
-	      || unescape (&in, &out, "$u27$", '\'')
-	      || unescape (&in, &out, "$u2b$", '+')
-	      || unescape (&in, &out, "$u3b$", ';')
-	      || unescape (&in, &out, "$u5b$", '[')
-	      || unescape (&in, &out, "$u5d$", ']')
-	      || unescape (&in, &out, "$u7b$", '{')
-	      || unescape (&in, &out, "$u7d$", '}')
-	      || unescape (&in, &out, "$u7e$", '~'))) {
-	  /* unexpected escape sequence, not looks_like_rust. */
-	  goto fail;
+  if (rdm->version == -1)
+    {
+      /* Ignore leading underscores preceding escape sequences.
+         The mangler inserts an underscore to make sure the
+         identifier begins with a XID_Start character. */
+      if (ident.ascii_len >= 2 && ident.ascii[0] == '_'
+          && ident.ascii[1] == '$')
+        {
+          ident.ascii++;
+          ident.ascii_len--;
+        }
+
+      while (ident.ascii_len > 0)
+        {
+          /* Handle legacy escape sequences ("$...$", ".." or "."). */
+          if (ident.ascii[0] == '$')
+            {
+              unescaped
+                  = decode_legacy_escape (ident.ascii, ident.ascii_len, &len);
+              if (unescaped)
+                print_str (rdm, &unescaped, 1);
+              else
+                {
+                  /* Unexpected escape sequence, print the rest verbatim. */
+                  print_str (rdm, ident.ascii, ident.ascii_len);
+                  return;
+                }
+            }
+          else if (ident.ascii[0] == '.')
+            {
+              if (ident.ascii_len >= 2 && ident.ascii[1] == '.')
+                {
+                  /* ".." becomes "::" */
+                  PRINT ("::");
+                  len = 2;
+                }
+              else
+                {
+                  PRINT (".");
+                  len = 1;
+                }
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              /* Print everything before the next escape sequence, at once. */
+              for (len = 0; len < ident.ascii_len; len++)
+                if (ident.ascii[len] == '$' || ident.ascii[len] == '.')
+                  break;
+
+              print_str (rdm, ident.ascii, len);
+            }
+
+          ident.ascii += len;
+          ident.ascii_len -= len;
+        }
+
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (!ident.punycode)
+    {
+      print_str (rdm, ident.ascii, ident.ascii_len);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  len = 0;
+  cap = 4;
+  while (cap < ident.ascii_len)
+    {
+      cap *= 2;
+      /* Check for overflows. */
+      if ((cap * 4) / 4 != cap)
+        {
+          rdm->errored = 1;
+          return;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Store the output codepoints as groups of 4 UTF-8 bytes. */
+  out = (uint8_t *)malloc (cap * 4);
+  if (!out)
+    {
+      rdm->errored = 1;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Populate initial output from ASCII fragment. */
+  for (len = 0; len < ident.ascii_len; len++)
+    {
+      p = out + 4 * len;
+      p[0] = 0;
+      p[1] = 0;
+      p[2] = 0;
+      p[3] = ident.ascii[len];
+    }
+
+  /* Punycode parameters and initial state. */
+  base = 36;
+  t_min = 1;
+  t_max = 26;
+  skew = 38;
+  damp = 700;
+  bias = 72;
+  i = 0;
+  c = 0x80;
+
+  punycode_pos = 0;
+  while (punycode_pos < ident.punycode_len)
+    {
+      /* Read one delta value. */
+      delta = 0;
+      w = 1;
+      k = 0;
+      do
+        {
+          k += base;
+          t = k < bias ? 0 : (k - bias);
+          if (t < t_min)
+            t = t_min;
+          if (t > t_max)
+            t = t_max;
+
+          if (punycode_pos >= ident.punycode_len)
+            goto cleanup;
+          d = ident.punycode[punycode_pos++];
+
+          if (ISLOWER (d))
+            d = d - 'a';
+          else if (ISDIGIT (d))
+            d = 26 + (d - '0');
+          else
+            {
+              rdm->errored = 1;
+              goto cleanup;
+            }
+
+          delta += d * w;
+          w *= base - t;
+        }
+      while (d >= t);
+
+      /* Compute the new insert position and character. */
+      len++;
+      i += delta;
+      c += i / len;
+      i %= len;
+
+      /* Ensure enough space is available. */
+      if (cap < len)
+        {
+          cap *= 2;
+          /* Check for overflows. */
+          if ((cap * 4) / 4 != cap || cap < len)
+            {
+              rdm->errored = 1;
+              goto cleanup;
+            }
+        }
+      p = (uint8_t *)realloc (out, cap * 4);
+      if (!p)
+        {
+          rdm->errored = 1;
+          goto cleanup;
+        }
+      out = p;
+
+      /* Move the characters after the insert position. */
+      p = out + i * 4;
+      memmove (p + 4, p, (len - i - 1) * 4);
+
+      /* Insert the new character, as UTF-8 bytes. */
+      p[0] = c >= 0x10000 ? 0xf0 | (c >> 18) : 0;
+      p[1] = c >= 0x800 ? (c < 0x10000 ? 0xe0 : 0x80) | ((c >> 12) & 0x3f) : 0;
+      p[2] = (c < 0x800 ? 0xc0 : 0x80) | ((c >> 6) & 0x3f);
+      p[3] = 0x80 | (c & 0x3f);
+
+      /* If there are no more deltas, decoding is complete. */
+      if (punycode_pos == ident.punycode_len)
+        break;
+
+      i++;
+
+      /* Perform bias adaptation. */
+      delta /= damp;
+      damp = 2;
+
+      delta += delta / len;
+      k = 0;
+      while (delta > ((base - t_min) * t_max) / 2)
+        {
+          delta /= base - t_min;
+          k += base;
+        }
+      bias = k + ((base - t_min + 1) * delta) / (delta + skew);
+    }
+
+  /* Remove all the 0 bytes to leave behind an UTF-8 string. */
+  for (i = 0, j = 0; i < len * 4; i++)
+    if (out[i] != 0)
+      out[j++] = out[i];
+
+  print_str (rdm, (const char *)out, j);
+
+cleanup:
+  free (out);
+}
+
+/* Print the lifetime according to the previously decoded index.
+   An index of `0` always refers to `'_`, but starting with `1`,
+   indices refer to late-bound lifetimes introduced by a binder. */
+static void
+print_lifetime_from_index (struct rust_demangler *rdm, uint64_t lt)
+{
+  char c;
+  uint64_t depth;
+
+  PRINT ("'");
+  if (lt == 0)
+    {
+      PRINT ("_");
+      return;
+    }
+
+  depth = rdm->bound_lifetime_depth - lt;
+  /* Try to print lifetimes alphabetically first. */
+  if (depth < 26)
+    {
+      c = 'a' + depth;
+      print_str (rdm, &c, 1);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Use `'_123` after running out of letters. */
+      PRINT ("_");
+      print_uint64 (rdm, depth);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Demangling functions. */
+
+static void demangle_binder (struct rust_demangler *rdm);
+static void demangle_path (struct rust_demangler *rdm, int in_value);
+static void demangle_generic_arg (struct rust_demangler *rdm);
+static void demangle_type (struct rust_demangler *rdm);
+static int demangle_path_maybe_open_generics (struct rust_demangler *rdm);
+static void demangle_dyn_trait (struct rust_demangler *rdm);
+static void demangle_const (struct rust_demangler *rdm);
+static void demangle_const_uint (struct rust_demangler *rdm);
+static void demangle_const_int (struct rust_demangler *rdm);
+static void demangle_const_bool (struct rust_demangler *rdm);
+static void demangle_const_char (struct rust_demangler *rdm);
+
+/* Optionally enter a binder ('G') for late-bound lifetimes,
+   printing e.g. `for<'a, 'b> `, and make those lifetimes visible
+   to the caller (via depth level, which the caller should reset). */
+static void
+demangle_binder (struct rust_demangler *rdm)
+{
+  uint64_t i, bound_lifetimes;
+
+  if (rdm->errored)
+    return;
+
+  bound_lifetimes = parse_opt_integer_62 (rdm, 'G');
+  if (bound_lifetimes > 0)
+    {
+      PRINT ("for<");
+      for (i = 0; i < bound_lifetimes; i++)
+        {
+          if (i > 0)
+            PRINT (", ");
+          rdm->bound_lifetime_depth++;
+          print_lifetime_from_index (rdm, 1);
+        }
+      PRINT ("> ");
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+demangle_path (struct rust_demangler *rdm, int in_value)
+{
+  char tag, ns;
+  int was_skipping_printing;
+  size_t i, backref, old_next;
+  uint64_t dis;
+  struct rust_mangled_ident name;
+
+  if (rdm->errored)
+    return;
+
+  if (rdm->recursion != RUST_NO_RECURSION_LIMIT)
+    {
+      ++ rdm->recursion;
+      if (rdm->recursion > RUST_MAX_RECURSION_COUNT)
+	/* FIXME: There ought to be a way to report
+	   that the recursion limit has been reached.  */
+	goto fail_return;
+    }
+
+  switch (tag = next (rdm))
+    {
+    case 'C':
+      dis = parse_disambiguator (rdm);
+      name = parse_ident (rdm);
+
+      print_ident (rdm, name);
+      if (rdm->verbose)
+        {
+          PRINT ("[");
+          print_uint64_hex (rdm, dis);
+          PRINT ("]");
+        }
+      break;
+    case 'N':
+      ns = next (rdm);
+      if (!ISLOWER (ns) && !ISUPPER (ns))
+	goto fail_return;
+
+      demangle_path (rdm, in_value);
+
+      dis = parse_disambiguator (rdm);
+      name = parse_ident (rdm);
+
+      if (ISUPPER (ns))
+        {
+          /* Special namespaces, like closures and shims. */
+          PRINT ("::{");
+          switch (ns)
+            {
+            case 'C':
+              PRINT ("closure");
+              break;
+            case 'S':
+              PRINT ("shim");
+              break;
+            default:
+              print_str (rdm, &ns, 1);
+            }
+          if (name.ascii || name.punycode)
+            {
+              PRINT (":");
+              print_ident (rdm, name);
+            }
+          PRINT ("#");
+          print_uint64 (rdm, dis);
+          PRINT ("}");
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Implementation-specific/unspecified namespaces. */
+
+          if (name.ascii || name.punycode)
+            {
+              PRINT ("::");
+              print_ident (rdm, name);
+            }
+        }
+      break;
+    case 'M':
+    case 'X':
+      /* Ignore the `impl`'s own path.*/
+      parse_disambiguator (rdm);
+      was_skipping_printing = rdm->skipping_printing;
+      rdm->skipping_printing = 1;
+      demangle_path (rdm, in_value);
+      rdm->skipping_printing = was_skipping_printing;
+      /* fallthrough */
+    case 'Y':
+      PRINT ("<");
+      demangle_type (rdm);
+      if (tag != 'M')
+        {
+          PRINT (" as ");
+          demangle_path (rdm, 0);
+        }
+      PRINT (">");
+      break;
+    case 'I':
+      demangle_path (rdm, in_value);
+      if (in_value)
+        PRINT ("::");
+      PRINT ("<");
+      for (i = 0; !rdm->errored && !eat (rdm, 'E'); i++)
+        {
+          if (i > 0)
+            PRINT (", ");
+          demangle_generic_arg (rdm);
+        }
+      PRINT (">");
+      break;
+    case 'B':
+      backref = parse_integer_62 (rdm);
+      if (!rdm->skipping_printing)
+        {
+          old_next = rdm->next;
+          rdm->next = backref;
+          demangle_path (rdm, in_value);
+          rdm->next = old_next;
+        }
+      break;
+    default:
+      goto fail_return;
+    }
+  goto pass_return;
+
+ fail_return:
+  rdm->errored = 1;
+ pass_return:
+  if (rdm->recursion != RUST_NO_RECURSION_LIMIT)
+    -- rdm->recursion;
+}
+
+static void
+demangle_generic_arg (struct rust_demangler *rdm)
+{
+  uint64_t lt;
+  if (eat (rdm, 'L'))
+    {
+      lt = parse_integer_62 (rdm);
+      print_lifetime_from_index (rdm, lt);
+    }
+  else if (eat (rdm, 'K'))
+    demangle_const (rdm);
+  else
+    demangle_type (rdm);
+}
+
+static const char *
+basic_type (char tag)
+{
+  switch (tag)
+    {
+    case 'b':
+      return "bool";
+    case 'c':
+      return "char";
+    case 'e':
+      return "str";
+    case 'u':
+      return "()";
+    case 'a':
+      return "i8";
+    case 's':
+      return "i16";
+    case 'l':
+      return "i32";
+    case 'x':
+      return "i64";
+    case 'n':
+      return "i128";
+    case 'i':
+      return "isize";
+    case 'h':
+      return "u8";
+    case 't':
+      return "u16";
+    case 'm':
+      return "u32";
+    case 'y':
+      return "u64";
+    case 'o':
+      return "u128";
+    case 'j':
+      return "usize";
+    case 'f':
+      return "f32";
+    case 'd':
+      return "f64";
+    case 'z':
+      return "!";
+    case 'p':
+      return "_";
+    case 'v':
+      return "...";
+
+    default:
+      return NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+demangle_type (struct rust_demangler *rdm)
+{
+  char tag;
+  size_t i, old_next, backref;
+  uint64_t lt, old_bound_lifetime_depth;
+  const char *basic;
+  struct rust_mangled_ident abi;
+
+  if (rdm->errored)
+    return;
+
+  tag = next (rdm);
+
+  basic = basic_type (tag);
+  if (basic)
+    {
+      PRINT (basic);
+      return;
+    }
+
+   if (rdm->recursion != RUST_NO_RECURSION_LIMIT)
+    {
+      ++ rdm->recursion;
+      if (rdm->recursion > RUST_MAX_RECURSION_COUNT)
+	/* FIXME: There ought to be a way to report
+	   that the recursion limit has been reached.  */
+	{
+	  rdm->errored = 1;
+	  -- rdm->recursion;
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+
+  switch (tag)
+    {
+    case 'R':
+    case 'Q':
+      PRINT ("&");
+      if (eat (rdm, 'L'))
+        {
+          lt = parse_integer_62 (rdm);
+          if (lt)
+            {
+              print_lifetime_from_index (rdm, lt);
+              PRINT (" ");
+            }
+        }
+      if (tag != 'R')
+        PRINT ("mut ");
+      demangle_type (rdm);
+      break;
+    case 'P':
+    case 'O':
+      PRINT ("*");
+      if (tag != 'P')
+        PRINT ("mut ");
+      else
+        PRINT ("const ");
+      demangle_type (rdm);
+      break;
+    case 'A':
+    case 'S':
+      PRINT ("[");
+      demangle_type (rdm);
+      if (tag == 'A')
+        {
+          PRINT ("; ");
+          demangle_const (rdm);
+        }
+      PRINT ("]");
+      break;
+    case 'T':
+      PRINT ("(");
+      for (i = 0; !rdm->errored && !eat (rdm, 'E'); i++)
+        {
+          if (i > 0)
+            PRINT (", ");
+          demangle_type (rdm);
+        }
+      if (i == 1)
+        PRINT (",");
+      PRINT (")");
+      break;
+    case 'F':
+      old_bound_lifetime_depth = rdm->bound_lifetime_depth;
+      demangle_binder (rdm);
+
+      if (eat (rdm, 'U'))
+        PRINT ("unsafe ");
+
+      if (eat (rdm, 'K'))
+        {
+          if (eat (rdm, 'C'))
+            {
+              abi.ascii = "C";
+              abi.ascii_len = 1;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              abi = parse_ident (rdm);
+              if (!abi.ascii || abi.punycode)
+                {
+                  rdm->errored = 1;
+                  goto restore;
+                }
+            }
+
+          PRINT ("extern \"");
+
+          /* If the ABI had any `-`, they were replaced with `_`,
+             so the parts between `_` have to be re-joined with `-`. */
+          for (i = 0; i < abi.ascii_len; i++)
+            {
+              if (abi.ascii[i] == '_')
+                {
+                  print_str (rdm, abi.ascii, i);
+                  PRINT ("-");
+                  abi.ascii += i + 1;
+                  abi.ascii_len -= i + 1;
+                  i = 0;
+                }
+            }
+          print_str (rdm, abi.ascii, abi.ascii_len);
+
+          PRINT ("\" ");
+        }
+
+      PRINT ("fn(");
+      for (i = 0; !rdm->errored && !eat (rdm, 'E'); i++)
+        {
+          if (i > 0)
+            PRINT (", ");
+          demangle_type (rdm);
+        }
+      PRINT (")");
+
+      if (eat (rdm, 'u'))
+        {
+          /* Skip printing the return type if it's 'u', i.e. `()`. */
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          PRINT (" -> ");
+          demangle_type (rdm);
+        }
+
+    /* Restore `bound_lifetime_depth` to outside the binder. */
+    restore:
+      rdm->bound_lifetime_depth = old_bound_lifetime_depth;
+      break;
+    case 'D':
+      PRINT ("dyn ");
+
+      old_bound_lifetime_depth = rdm->bound_lifetime_depth;
+      demangle_binder (rdm);
+
+      for (i = 0; !rdm->errored && !eat (rdm, 'E'); i++)
+        {
+          if (i > 0)
+            PRINT (" + ");
+          demangle_dyn_trait (rdm);
+        }
+
+      /* Restore `bound_lifetime_depth` to outside the binder. */
+      rdm->bound_lifetime_depth = old_bound_lifetime_depth;
+
+      if (!eat (rdm, 'L'))
+        {
+          rdm->errored = 1;
+          return;
+        }
+      lt = parse_integer_62 (rdm);
+      if (lt)
+        {
+          PRINT (" + ");
+          print_lifetime_from_index (rdm, lt);
+        }
+      break;
+    case 'B':
+      backref = parse_integer_62 (rdm);
+      if (!rdm->skipping_printing)
+        {
+          old_next = rdm->next;
+          rdm->next = backref;
+          demangle_type (rdm);
+          rdm->next = old_next;
+        }
+      break;
+    default:
+      /* Go back to the tag, so `demangle_path` also sees it. */
+      rdm->next--;
+      demangle_path (rdm, 0);
+    }
+
+  if (rdm->recursion != RUST_NO_RECURSION_LIMIT)
+    -- rdm->recursion;
+}
+
+/* A trait in a trait object may have some "existential projections"
+   (i.e. associated type bindings) after it, which should be printed
+   in the `<...>` of the trait, e.g. `dyn Trait<T, U, Assoc=X>`.
+   To this end, this method will keep the `<...>` of an 'I' path
+   open, by omitting the `>`, and return `Ok(true)` in that case. */
+static int
+demangle_path_maybe_open_generics (struct rust_demangler *rdm)
+{
+  int open;
+  size_t i, old_next, backref;
+
+  open = 0;
+
+  if (rdm->errored)
+    return open;
+
+  if (rdm->recursion != RUST_NO_RECURSION_LIMIT)
+    {
+      ++ rdm->recursion;
+      if (rdm->recursion > RUST_MAX_RECURSION_COUNT)
+	{
+	  /* FIXME: There ought to be a way to report
+	     that the recursion limit has been reached.  */
+	  rdm->errored = 1;
+	  goto end_of_func;
 	}
-	break;
-      case '_':
-	/* If this is the start of a path component and the next
-	   character is an escape sequence, ignore the underscore. The
-	   mangler inserts an underscore to make sure the path
-	   component begins with a XID_Start character. */
-	if ((in == sym || in[-1] == ':') && in[1] == '$')
-	  in++;
-	else
-	  *out++ = *in++;
-	break;
-      case '.':
-	if (in[1] == '.')
-	  {
-	    /* ".." becomes "::" */
-	    *out++ = ':';
-	    *out++ = ':';
-	    in += 2;
-	  }
-	else
-	  {
-	    /* "." becomes "-" */
-	    *out++ = '-';
-	    in++;
-	  }
-	break;
-      case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f':
-      case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l':
-      case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r':
-      case 's': case 't': case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x':
-      case 'y': case 'z':
-      case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
-      case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L':
-      case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R':
-      case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
-      case 'Y': case 'Z':
-      case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
-      case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
-      case ':':
-	*out++ = *in++;
-	break;
-      default:
-	/* unexpected character in symbol, not looks_like_rust.  */
-	goto fail;
-      }
-  goto done;
-
-fail:
-  *out++ = '?'; /* This is pretty lame, but it's hard to do better. */
-done:
-  *out = '\0';
+    }
+
+  if (eat (rdm, 'B'))
+    {
+      backref = parse_integer_62 (rdm);
+      if (!rdm->skipping_printing)
+        {
+          old_next = rdm->next;
+          rdm->next = backref;
+          open = demangle_path_maybe_open_generics (rdm);
+          rdm->next = old_next;
+        }
+    }
+  else if (eat (rdm, 'I'))
+    {
+      demangle_path (rdm, 0);
+      PRINT ("<");
+      open = 1;
+      for (i = 0; !rdm->errored && !eat (rdm, 'E'); i++)
+        {
+          if (i > 0)
+            PRINT (", ");
+          demangle_generic_arg (rdm);
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    demangle_path (rdm, 0);
+
+ end_of_func:
+  if (rdm->recursion != RUST_NO_RECURSION_LIMIT)
+    -- rdm->recursion;
+
+  return open;
+}
+
+static void
+demangle_dyn_trait (struct rust_demangler *rdm)
+{
+  int open;
+  struct rust_mangled_ident name;
+
+  if (rdm->errored)
+    return;
+
+  open = demangle_path_maybe_open_generics (rdm);
+
+  while (eat (rdm, 'p'))
+    {
+      if (!open)
+        PRINT ("<");
+      else
+        PRINT (", ");
+      open = 1;
+
+      name = parse_ident (rdm);
+      print_ident (rdm, name);
+      PRINT (" = ");
+      demangle_type (rdm);
+    }
+
+  if (open)
+    PRINT (">");
 }
 
+static void
+demangle_const (struct rust_demangler *rdm)
+{
+  char ty_tag;
+  size_t old_next, backref;
+
+  if (rdm->errored)
+    return;
+
+  if (rdm->recursion != RUST_NO_RECURSION_LIMIT)
+    {
+      ++ rdm->recursion;
+      if (rdm->recursion > RUST_MAX_RECURSION_COUNT)
+	/* FIXME: There ought to be a way to report
+	   that the recursion limit has been reached.  */
+	goto fail_return;
+    }
+
+  if (eat (rdm, 'B'))
+    {
+      backref = parse_integer_62 (rdm);
+      if (!rdm->skipping_printing)
+        {
+          old_next = rdm->next;
+          rdm->next = backref;
+          demangle_const (rdm);
+          rdm->next = old_next;
+        }
+      goto pass_return;
+    }
+
+  ty_tag = next (rdm);
+  switch (ty_tag)
+    {
+    /* Placeholder. */
+    case 'p':
+      PRINT ("_");
+      goto pass_return;
+
+    /* Unsigned integer types. */
+    case 'h':
+    case 't':
+    case 'm':
+    case 'y':
+    case 'o':
+    case 'j':
+      demangle_const_uint (rdm);
+      break;
+
+    /* Signed integer types. */
+    case 'a':
+    case 's':
+    case 'l':
+    case 'x':
+    case 'n':
+    case 'i':
+      demangle_const_int (rdm);
+      break;
+
+    /* Boolean. */
+    case 'b':
+      demangle_const_bool (rdm);
+      break;
+
+    /* Character. */
+    case 'c':
+      demangle_const_char (rdm);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      goto fail_return;
+    }
+
+  if (!rdm->errored && rdm->verbose)
+    {
+      PRINT (": ");
+      PRINT (basic_type (ty_tag));
+    }
+  goto pass_return;
+
+ fail_return:
+  rdm->errored = 1;
+ pass_return:
+  if (rdm->recursion != RUST_NO_RECURSION_LIMIT)
+    -- rdm->recursion;
+}
+
+static void
+demangle_const_uint (struct rust_demangler *rdm)
+{
+  size_t hex_len;
+  uint64_t value;
+
+  if (rdm->errored)
+    return;
+
+  hex_len = parse_hex_nibbles (rdm, &value);
+
+  if (hex_len > 16)
+    {
+      /* Print anything that doesn't fit in `uint64_t` verbatim. */
+      PRINT ("0x");
+      print_str (rdm, rdm->sym + (rdm->next - hex_len), hex_len);
+    }
+  else if (hex_len > 0)
+    print_uint64 (rdm, value);
+  else
+    rdm->errored = 1;
+}
+
+static void
+demangle_const_int (struct rust_demangler *rdm)
+{
+  if (eat (rdm, 'n'))
+    PRINT ("-");
+  demangle_const_uint (rdm);
+}
+
+static void
+demangle_const_bool (struct rust_demangler *rdm)
+{
+  uint64_t value;
+
+  if (parse_hex_nibbles (rdm, &value) != 1)
+    {
+      rdm->errored = 1;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (value == 0)
+    PRINT ("false");
+  else if (value == 1)
+    PRINT ("true");
+  else
+    rdm->errored = 1;
+}
+
+static void
+demangle_const_char (struct rust_demangler *rdm)
+{
+  size_t hex_len;
+  uint64_t value;
+
+  hex_len = parse_hex_nibbles (rdm, &value);
+
+  if (hex_len == 0 || hex_len > 8)
+    {
+      rdm->errored = 1;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Match Rust's character "debug" output as best as we can. */
+  PRINT ("'");
+  if (value == '\t')
+    PRINT ("\\t");
+  else if (value == '\r')
+    PRINT ("\\r");
+  else if (value == '\n')
+    PRINT ("\\n");
+  else if (value > ' ' && value < '~')
+    {
+      /* Rust also considers many non-ASCII codepoints to be printable, but
+	 that logic is not easily ported to C. */
+      char c = value;
+      print_str (rdm, &c, 1);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      PRINT ("\\u{");
+      print_uint64_hex (rdm, value);
+      PRINT ("}");
+    }
+  PRINT ("'");
+}
+
+/* A legacy hash is the prefix "h" followed by 16 lowercase hex digits.
+   The hex digits must contain at least 5 distinct digits. */
 static int
-unescape (const char **in, char **out, const char *seq, char value)
+is_legacy_prefixed_hash (struct rust_mangled_ident ident)
 {
-  size_t len = strlen (seq);
+  uint16_t seen;
+  int nibble;
+  size_t i, count;
+
+  if (ident.ascii_len != 17 || ident.ascii[0] != 'h')
+    return 0;
+
+  seen = 0;
+  for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
+    {
+      nibble = decode_lower_hex_nibble (ident.ascii[1 + i]);
+      if (nibble < 0)
+        return 0;
+      seen |= (uint16_t)1 << nibble;
+    }
+
+  /* Count how many distinct digits were seen. */
+  count = 0;
+  while (seen)
+    {
+      if (seen & 1)
+        count++;
+      seen >>= 1;
+    }
+
+  return count >= 5;
+}
+
+int
+rust_demangle_callback (const char *mangled, int options,
+                        demangle_callbackref callback, void *opaque)
+{
+  const char *p;
+  struct rust_demangler rdm;
+  struct rust_mangled_ident ident;
+
+  rdm.sym = mangled;
+  rdm.sym_len = 0;
+
+  rdm.callback_opaque = opaque;
+  rdm.callback = callback;
+
+  rdm.next = 0;
+  rdm.errored = 0;
+  rdm.skipping_printing = 0;
+  rdm.verbose = (options & DMGL_VERBOSE) != 0;
+  rdm.version = 0;
+  rdm.recursion = (options & DMGL_NO_RECURSE_LIMIT) ? RUST_NO_RECURSION_LIMIT : 0;
+  rdm.bound_lifetime_depth = 0;
 
-  if (strncmp (*in, seq, len))
+  /* Rust symbols always start with _R (v0) or _ZN (legacy). */
+  if (rdm.sym[0] == '_' && rdm.sym[1] == 'R')
+    rdm.sym += 2;
+  else if (rdm.sym[0] == '_' && rdm.sym[1] == 'Z' && rdm.sym[2] == 'N')
+    {
+      rdm.sym += 3;
+      rdm.version = -1;
+    }
+  else
     return 0;
 
-  **out = value;
+  /* Paths (v0) always start with uppercase characters. */
+  if (rdm.version != -1 && !ISUPPER (rdm.sym[0]))
+    return 0;
+
+  /* Rust symbols (v0) use only [_0-9a-zA-Z] characters. */
+  for (p = rdm.sym; *p; p++)
+    {
+      /* Rust v0 symbols can have '.' suffixes, ignore those.  */
+      if (rdm.version == 0 && *p == '.')
+        break;
+
+      rdm.sym_len++;
+
+      if (*p == '_' || ISALNUM (*p))
+        continue;
+
+      /* Legacy Rust symbols can also contain [.:$] characters.
+         Or @ in the .suffix (which will be skipped, see below). */
+      if (rdm.version == -1 && (*p == '$' || *p == '.' || *p == ':'
+                                || *p == '@'))
+        continue;
+
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* Legacy Rust symbols need to be handled separately. */
+  if (rdm.version == -1)
+    {
+      /* Legacy Rust symbols always end with E.  But can be followed by a
+         .suffix (which we want to ignore).  */
+      int dot_suffix = 1;
+      while (rdm.sym_len > 0 &&
+             !(dot_suffix && rdm.sym[rdm.sym_len - 1] == 'E'))
+        {
+          dot_suffix = rdm.sym[rdm.sym_len - 1] == '.';
+          rdm.sym_len--;
+        }
+
+      if (!(rdm.sym_len > 0 && rdm.sym[rdm.sym_len - 1] == 'E'))
+        return 0;
+      rdm.sym_len--;
+
+      /* Legacy Rust symbols also always end with a path segment
+         that encodes a 16 hex digit hash, i.e. '17h[a-f0-9]{16}'.
+         This early check, before any parse_ident calls, should
+         quickly filter out most C++ symbols unrelated to Rust. */
+      if (!(rdm.sym_len > 19
+            && !memcmp (&rdm.sym[rdm.sym_len - 19], "17h", 3)))
+        return 0;
+
+      do
+        {
+          ident = parse_ident (&rdm);
+          if (rdm.errored || !ident.ascii)
+            return 0;
+        }
+      while (rdm.next < rdm.sym_len);
+
+      /* The last path segment should be the hash. */
+      if (!is_legacy_prefixed_hash (ident))
+        return 0;
+
+      /* Reset the state for a second pass, to print the symbol. */
+      rdm.next = 0;
+      if (!rdm.verbose && rdm.sym_len > 19)
+        {
+          /* Hide the last segment, containing the hash, if not verbose. */
+          rdm.sym_len -= 19;
+        }
+
+      do
+        {
+          if (rdm.next > 0)
+            print_str (&rdm, "::", 2);
+
+          ident = parse_ident (&rdm);
+          print_ident (&rdm, ident);
+        }
+      while (rdm.next < rdm.sym_len);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      demangle_path (&rdm, 1);
+
+      /* Skip instantiating crate. */
+      if (!rdm.errored && rdm.next < rdm.sym_len)
+        {
+          rdm.skipping_printing = 1;
+          demangle_path (&rdm, 0);
+        }
+
+      /* It's an error to not reach the end. */
+      rdm.errored |= rdm.next != rdm.sym_len;
+    }
+
+  return !rdm.errored;
+}
+
+/* Growable string buffers. */
+struct str_buf
+{
+  char *ptr;
+  size_t len;
+  size_t cap;
+  int errored;
+};
+
+static void
+str_buf_reserve (struct str_buf *buf, size_t extra)
+{
+  size_t available, min_new_cap, new_cap;
+  char *new_ptr;
+
+  /* Allocation failed before. */
+  if (buf->errored)
+    return;
+
+  available = buf->cap - buf->len;
+
+  if (extra <= available)
+    return;
+
+  min_new_cap = buf->cap + (extra - available);
+
+  /* Check for overflows. */
+  if (min_new_cap < buf->cap)
+    {
+      buf->errored = 1;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  new_cap = buf->cap;
+
+  if (new_cap == 0)
+    new_cap = 4;
+
+  /* Double capacity until sufficiently large. */
+  while (new_cap < min_new_cap)
+    {
+      new_cap *= 2;
+
+      /* Check for overflows. */
+      if (new_cap < buf->cap)
+        {
+          buf->errored = 1;
+          return;
+        }
+    }
+
+  new_ptr = (char *)realloc (buf->ptr, new_cap);
+  if (new_ptr == NULL)
+    {
+      free (buf->ptr);
+      buf->ptr = NULL;
+      buf->len = 0;
+      buf->cap = 0;
+      buf->errored = 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      buf->ptr = new_ptr;
+      buf->cap = new_cap;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+str_buf_append (struct str_buf *buf, const char *data, size_t len)
+{
+  str_buf_reserve (buf, len);
+  if (buf->errored)
+    return;
+
+  memcpy (buf->ptr + buf->len, data, len);
+  buf->len += len;
+}
+
+static void
+str_buf_demangle_callback (const char *data, size_t len, void *opaque)
+{
+  str_buf_append ((struct str_buf *)opaque, data, len);
+}
+
+char *
+rust_demangle (const char *mangled, int options)
+{
+  struct str_buf out;
+  int success;
+
+  out.ptr = NULL;
+  out.len = 0;
+  out.cap = 0;
+  out.errored = 0;
+
+  success = rust_demangle_callback (mangled, options,
+                                    str_buf_demangle_callback, &out);
 
-  *in += len;
-  *out += 1;
+  if (!success)
+    {
+      free (out.ptr);
+      return NULL;
+    }
 
-  return 1;
+  str_buf_append (&out, "\0", 1);
+  return out.ptr;
 }
diff --git a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/safe-ctype.c b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/safe-ctype.c
index 5a13f82..483b41e 100644
--- a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/safe-ctype.c
+++ b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/safe-ctype.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* <ctype.h> replacement macros.
 
-   Copyright (C) 2000-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Contributed by Zack Weinberg <zackw@stanford.edu>.
 
 This file is part of the libiberty library.
diff --git a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/stpcpy.c b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/stpcpy.c
index ddbef28..c996bce 100644
--- a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/stpcpy.c
+++ b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/stpcpy.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Implement the stpcpy function.
-   Copyright (C) 2003-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Written by Kaveh R. Ghazi <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu>.
 
 This file is part of the libiberty library.
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Copies the string @var{src} into @var{dst}.  Returns a pointer to
 #include <stddef.h>
 
 extern size_t strlen (const char *);
-extern PTR memcpy (PTR, const PTR, size_t);
+extern void *memcpy (void *, const void *, size_t);
 
 char *
 stpcpy (char *dst, const char *src)
diff --git a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/xexit.c b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/xexit.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03b69fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/xexit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* xexit.c -- Run any exit handlers, then exit.
+   Copyright (C) 1994-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.
+Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write
+to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
+Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+/*
+
+@deftypefn Replacement void xexit (int @var{code})
+
+Terminates the program.  If any functions have been registered with
+the @code{xatexit} replacement function, they will be called first.
+Termination is handled via the system's normal @code{exit} call.
+
+@end deftypefn
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+
+/* This variable is set by xatexit if it is called.  This way, xmalloc
+   doesn't drag xatexit into the link.  */
+void (*_xexit_cleanup) (void);
+
+void
+xexit (int code)
+{
+  if (_xexit_cleanup != NULL)
+    (*_xexit_cleanup) ();
+  exit (code);
+}
diff --git a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/xmalloc.c b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/xmalloc.c
index 6d0aca4..c30b896 100644
--- a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/xmalloc.c
+++ b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/xmalloc.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* memory allocation routines with error checking.
-   Copyright (C) 1989-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
+   Copyright (C) 1989-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   
 This file is part of the libiberty library.
 Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
@@ -68,7 +68,6 @@ function will be called to print an error message and terminate execution.
 #include "environ.h"
 
 #include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
 
 #include <stddef.h>
 
@@ -88,7 +87,9 @@ extern "C" {
 void *malloc (size_t);
 void *realloc (void *, size_t);
 void *calloc (size_t, size_t);
+#ifdef HAVE_SBRK
 void *sbrk (ptrdiff_t);
+#endif
 #    ifdef __cplusplus
 }
 #    endif /* __cplusplus */
@@ -135,13 +136,13 @@ xmalloc_failed (size_t size)
 	   name, *name ? ": " : "",
 	   (unsigned long) size);
 #endif /* HAVE_SBRK */
-  exit (1);
-}
+  xexit (1);
+}  
 
-PTR
+void *
 xmalloc (size_t size)
 {
-  PTR newmem;
+  void *newmem;
 
   if (size == 0)
     size = 1;
@@ -152,10 +153,10 @@ xmalloc (size_t size)
   return (newmem);
 }
 
-PTR
+void *
 xcalloc (size_t nelem, size_t elsize)
 {
-  PTR newmem;
+  void *newmem;
 
   if (nelem == 0 || elsize == 0)
     nelem = elsize = 1;
@@ -167,10 +168,10 @@ xcalloc (size_t nelem, size_t elsize)
   return (newmem);
 }
 
-PTR
-xrealloc (PTR oldmem, size_t size)
+void *
+xrealloc (void *oldmem, size_t size)
 {
-  PTR newmem;
+  void *newmem;
 
   if (size == 0)
     size = 1;
diff --git a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/xmemdup.c b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/xmemdup.c
index 4602afd..f2ed41f 100644
--- a/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/xmemdup.c
+++ b/rtemstoolkit/libiberty/xmemdup.c
@@ -31,11 +31,11 @@ allocated, the remaining memory is zeroed.
 # endif
 #endif
 
-PTR
-xmemdup (const PTR input, size_t copy_size, size_t alloc_size)
+void *
+xmemdup (const void *input, size_t copy_size, size_t alloc_size)
 {
-  PTR output = xmalloc (alloc_size);
+  void *output = xmalloc (alloc_size);
   if (alloc_size > copy_size)
     memset ((char *) output + copy_size, 0, alloc_size - copy_size);
-  return (PTR) memcpy (output, input, copy_size);
+  return (void *) memcpy (output, input, copy_size);
 }
diff --git a/rtemstoolkit/wscript b/rtemstoolkit/wscript
index 0a27853..d1d5127 100644
--- a/rtemstoolkit/wscript
+++ b/rtemstoolkit/wscript
@@ -397,16 +397,19 @@ def conf_libiberty(conf):
     conf.write_config_header('libiberty/config.h')
 
 def bld_libiberty(bld, conf):
+    defines = ['HAVE_CONFIG_H=1']
     if bld.env.DEST_OS == 'win32':
         pex_host = 'libiberty/pex-win32.c'
     else:
         pex_host = 'libiberty/pex-unix.c'
+        if bld.env.DEST_OS == 'darwin':
+            defines += ['HAVE_SPAWN_H=1', 'HAVE_POSIX_SPAWN=1', 'HAVE_POSIX_SPAWNP=1']
     bld.stlib(target = 'iberty',
               features = 'c',
               install_path = None,
               includes = ['libiberty'],
               cflags = conf['cflags'],
-              defines = ['HAVE_CONFIG_H=1'],
+              defines = defines,
               source =['libiberty/concat.c',
                        'libiberty/cplus-dem.c',
                        'libiberty/cp-demangle.c',
@@ -418,6 +421,7 @@ def bld_libiberty(bld, conf):
                        'libiberty/stpcpy.c',
                        'libiberty/pex-common.c',
                        'libiberty/pex-one.c',
+                       'libiberty/xexit.c',
                        'libiberty/xmalloc.c',
                        'libiberty/xmemdup.c',
                        'libiberty/xstrdup.c',